Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
dc6f92b8 | 1 | /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol. |
b8009dd1 | 2 | Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3 | |
4 | This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
5 | ||
6 | GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
7 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
4746118a | 8 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
9 | any later version. |
10 | ||
11 | GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
12 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
13 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
14 | GNU General Public License for more details. | |
15 | ||
16 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
17 | along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
18 | the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ | |
19 | ||
3afe33e7 RS |
20 | /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */ |
21 | ||
039440c4 RS |
22 | /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */ |
23 | /* On HP-UX 8.0 signal.h loses if it comes after config.h. */ | |
24 | /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */ | |
039440c4 RS |
25 | #include <signal.h> |
26 | ||
18160b98 | 27 | #include <config.h> |
dc6f92b8 | 28 | |
4846819e RS |
29 | #include <stdio.h> |
30 | ||
3afe33e7 | 31 | /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required |
bc20ebbf | 32 | by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */ |
3afe33e7 RS |
33 | #include "syssignal.h" |
34 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
35 | #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
36 | ||
37 | #include "lisp.h" | |
9ac0d9e0 | 38 | #include "blockinput.h" |
dc6f92b8 | 39 | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
40 | /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses |
41 | if this is not done before the other system files. */ | |
42 | #include "xterm.h" | |
f451eb13 | 43 | #include <X11/cursorfont.h> |
dc6f92b8 | 44 | |
16bd92ea | 45 | #ifndef USG |
dc6f92b8 JB |
46 | /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded. |
47 | In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */ | |
48 | #ifndef makedev | |
49 | #include <sys/types.h> | |
c118dd06 JB |
50 | #endif /* makedev */ |
51 | #endif /* USG */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
52 | |
53 | #ifdef BSD | |
54 | #include <sys/ioctl.h> | |
c118dd06 | 55 | #endif /* ! defined (BSD) */ |
dc6f92b8 | 56 | |
2d368234 | 57 | #include "systty.h" |
3a2712f9 | 58 | #include "systime.h" |
dc6f92b8 | 59 | |
b8009dd1 | 60 | #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL |
dc6f92b8 | 61 | #include <fcntl.h> |
b8009dd1 | 62 | #endif |
dc6f92b8 JB |
63 | #include <ctype.h> |
64 | #include <errno.h> | |
65 | #include <setjmp.h> | |
66 | #include <sys/stat.h> | |
67 | #include <sys/param.h> | |
68 | ||
69 | #include "dispextern.h" | |
70 | #include "termhooks.h" | |
71 | #include "termopts.h" | |
72 | #include "termchar.h" | |
73 | #if 0 | |
74 | #include "sink.h" | |
75 | #include "sinkmask.h" | |
c118dd06 | 76 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
dc6f92b8 | 77 | #include "gnu.h" |
f676886a | 78 | #include "frame.h" |
dc6f92b8 | 79 | #include "disptab.h" |
dc6f92b8 | 80 | #include "buffer.h" |
f451eb13 | 81 | #include "window.h" |
3b2fa4e6 | 82 | #include "keyboard.h" |
bde7c500 | 83 | #include "intervals.h" |
dc6f92b8 | 84 | |
3afe33e7 RS |
85 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
86 | extern XtAppContext Xt_app_con; | |
87 | extern Widget Xt_app_shell; | |
9d7e2e3e | 88 | extern void free_frame_menubar (); |
c2df547c | 89 | extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (); |
3afe33e7 RS |
90 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
91 | ||
b849c413 RS |
92 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
93 | #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame | |
5627c40e | 94 | #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame |
b849c413 RS |
95 | #endif |
96 | ||
546e6d5b RS |
97 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
98 | #ifndef XtNinitialState | |
99 | #define XtNinitialState "initialState" | |
100 | #endif | |
101 | #endif | |
102 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 103 | #define XMapWindow XMapRaised /* Raise them when mapping. */ |
dc6f92b8 | 104 | |
c34efc6c JB |
105 | #ifdef FD_SET |
106 | /* We could get this from param.h, but better not to depend on finding that. | |
107 | And better not to risk that it might define other symbols used in this | |
108 | file. */ | |
109 | #ifdef FD_SETSIZE | |
110 | #define MAXDESC FD_SETSIZE | |
111 | #else | |
112 | #define MAXDESC 64 | |
113 | #endif | |
114 | #define SELECT_TYPE fd_set | |
115 | #else /* no FD_SET */ | |
116 | #define MAXDESC 32 | |
117 | #define SELECT_TYPE int | |
118 | ||
119 | /* Define the macros to access a single-int bitmap of descriptors. */ | |
120 | #define FD_SET(n, p) (*(p) |= (1 << (n))) | |
121 | #define FD_CLR(n, p) (*(p) &= ~(1 << (n))) | |
122 | #define FD_ISSET(n, p) (*(p) & (1 << (n))) | |
123 | #define FD_ZERO(p) (*(p) = 0) | |
124 | #endif /* no FD_SET */ | |
125 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
126 | /* For sending Meta-characters. Do we need this? */ |
127 | #define METABIT 0200 | |
128 | ||
129 | #define min(a,b) ((a)<(b) ? (a) : (b)) | |
130 | #define max(a,b) ((a)>(b) ? (a) : (b)) | |
69388238 | 131 | \f |
dc6f92b8 JB |
132 | /* Nonzero means we must reprint all windows |
133 | because 1) we received an ExposeWindow event | |
f451eb13 | 134 | or 2) we received too many ExposeRegion events to record. |
dc6f92b8 | 135 | |
f451eb13 | 136 | This is never needed under X11. */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
137 | static int expose_all_windows; |
138 | ||
139 | /* Nonzero means we must reprint all icon windows. */ | |
140 | ||
141 | static int expose_all_icons; | |
142 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
143 | #if defined (SIGIO) && defined (FIONREAD) |
144 | int BLOCK_INPUT_mask; | |
c118dd06 | 145 | #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) && defined (FIONREAD) */ |
dc6f92b8 | 146 | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
147 | /* The id of a bitmap used for icon windows. |
148 | One such map is shared by all Emacs icon windows. | |
149 | This is zero if we have not yet had a need to create the bitmap. */ | |
150 | ||
151 | static Bitmap icon_bitmap; | |
152 | ||
153 | /* Font used for text icons. */ | |
154 | ||
155 | static FONT_TYPE *icon_font_info; | |
156 | ||
157 | /* Stuff for dealing with the main icon title. */ | |
158 | ||
becadff8 KH |
159 | extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name; |
160 | char *x_id_name; | |
dc6f92b8 | 161 | |
0ab983c8 RS |
162 | /* Initial values of argv and argc. */ |
163 | extern char **initial_argv; | |
164 | extern int initial_argc; | |
165 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
166 | /* This is the X connection that we are using. */ |
167 | ||
168 | Display *x_current_display; | |
169 | ||
ab648270 JB |
170 | /* The cursor to use for vertical scroll bars on x_current_display. */ |
171 | static Cursor x_vertical_scroll_bar_cursor; | |
f451eb13 | 172 | |
987d2ad1 | 173 | /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c. |
d0386f2a | 174 | This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the |
dc6f92b8 | 175 | XT functions. It is zero while not inside an update. |
f676886a JB |
176 | In that case, the XT functions assume that `selected_frame' |
177 | is the frame to apply to. */ | |
d0386f2a | 178 | extern struct frame *updating_frame; |
dc6f92b8 | 179 | |
f676886a | 180 | /* The frame (if any) which has the X window that has keyboard focus. |
f451eb13 JB |
181 | Zero if none. This is examined by Ffocus_frame in frame.c. Note |
182 | that a mere EnterNotify event can set this; if you need to know the | |
183 | last frame specified in a FocusIn or FocusOut event, use | |
184 | x_focus_event_frame. */ | |
f676886a | 185 | struct frame *x_focus_frame; |
dc6f92b8 | 186 | |
0134a210 RS |
187 | /* This is a frame waiting to be autoraised, within XTread_socket. */ |
188 | struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame; | |
189 | ||
f451eb13 JB |
190 | /* The last frame mentioned in a FocusIn or FocusOut event. This is |
191 | separate from x_focus_frame, because whether or not LeaveNotify | |
192 | events cause us to lose focus depends on whether or not we have | |
193 | received a FocusIn event for it. */ | |
194 | struct frame *x_focus_event_frame; | |
195 | ||
f676886a JB |
196 | /* The frame which currently has the visual highlight, and should get |
197 | keyboard input (other sorts of input have the frame encoded in the | |
198 | event). It points to the X focus frame's selected window's | |
199 | frame. It differs from x_focus_frame when we're using a global | |
6d4238f3 | 200 | minibuffer. */ |
f676886a | 201 | static struct frame *x_highlight_frame; |
6d4238f3 | 202 | |
dc6f92b8 | 203 | /* From .Xdefaults, the value of "emacs.WarpMouse". If non-zero, |
f676886a | 204 | mouse is moved to inside of frame when frame is de-iconified. */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
205 | |
206 | static int warp_mouse_on_deiconify; | |
207 | ||
208 | /* During an update, maximum vpos for ins/del line operations to affect. */ | |
209 | ||
210 | static int flexlines; | |
211 | ||
212 | /* During an update, nonzero if chars output now should be highlighted. */ | |
213 | ||
214 | static int highlight; | |
215 | ||
216 | /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output. | |
217 | During an update, these are different from the cursor-box position. */ | |
218 | ||
219 | static int curs_x; | |
220 | static int curs_y; | |
221 | ||
11dd3d61 RS |
222 | /* Reusable Graphics Context for drawing a cursor in a non-default face. */ |
223 | static GC scratch_cursor_gc; | |
224 | ||
69388238 RS |
225 | /* Mouse movement. |
226 | ||
227 | In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most | |
228 | of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask | |
229 | the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only | |
230 | one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by | |
231 | other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for | |
232 | example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we | |
233 | get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This | |
234 | is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse | |
235 | tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking | |
236 | is off. | |
237 | ||
238 | The silly O'Reilly & Associates Nutshell guides barely document | |
239 | pointer motion hints at all (I think you have to infer how they | |
240 | work from an example), and the description of XQueryPointer doesn't | |
241 | mention that calling it causes you to get another motion hint from | |
242 | the server, which is very important. */ | |
243 | ||
244 | /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */ | |
245 | static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame; | |
246 | static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph; | |
247 | ||
248 | /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred. | |
249 | ||
250 | If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this | |
251 | so XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or | |
252 | an ordinary motion. | |
253 | ||
254 | If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set this | |
255 | to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion event. */ | |
256 | static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar; | |
257 | ||
af31d76f | 258 | /* Record which buttons are currently pressed. */ |
69388238 RS |
259 | unsigned int x_mouse_grabbed; |
260 | ||
261 | /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would | |
262 | return the time associated with the position it returns, but there | |
263 | doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the timestamp from the server | |
264 | along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time | |
265 | of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that | |
266 | it's somewhat accurate. */ | |
267 | static Time last_mouse_movement_time; | |
268 | ||
b8009dd1 RS |
269 | /* These variables describe the range of text currently shown |
270 | in its mouse-face, together with the window they apply to. | |
271 | As long as the mouse stays within this range, we need not | |
272 | redraw anything on its account. */ | |
3b506386 KH |
273 | static int mouse_face_beg_row, mouse_face_beg_col; |
274 | static int mouse_face_end_row, mouse_face_end_col; | |
4d73d038 | 275 | static int mouse_face_past_end; |
b8009dd1 RS |
276 | static Lisp_Object mouse_face_window; |
277 | static int mouse_face_face_id; | |
278 | ||
514e4681 RS |
279 | /* 1 if a mouse motion event came and we didn't handle it right away because |
280 | gc was in progress. */ | |
281 | static int mouse_face_deferred_gc; | |
282 | ||
27f338af RS |
283 | /* FRAME and X, Y position of mouse when last checked for |
284 | highlighting. X and Y can be negative or out of range for the frame. */ | |
b8009dd1 RS |
285 | static FRAME_PTR mouse_face_mouse_frame; |
286 | static int mouse_face_mouse_x, mouse_face_mouse_y; | |
287 | ||
288 | /* Nonzero means defer mouse-motion highlighting. */ | |
289 | static int mouse_face_defer; | |
290 | ||
c0a04927 RS |
291 | /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read events. */ |
292 | #ifdef __STDC__ | |
293 | static int volatile input_signal_count; | |
294 | #else | |
295 | static int input_signal_count; | |
296 | #endif | |
297 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
298 | /* `t' if a mouse button is depressed. */ |
299 | ||
300 | extern Lisp_Object Vmouse_depressed; | |
301 | ||
302 | /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */ | |
303 | ||
304 | extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager; | |
305 | ||
306 | /* Timestamp that we requested selection data was made. */ | |
307 | extern Time requestor_time; | |
308 | ||
309 | /* ID of the window requesting selection data. */ | |
310 | extern Window requestor_window; | |
311 | ||
312 | /* Nonzero enables some debugging for the X interface code. */ | |
313 | extern int _Xdebug; | |
314 | ||
c2df547c | 315 | extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face; |
b8009dd1 | 316 | |
ef2a22d0 | 317 | static int x_noop_count; |
ef2a22d0 RS |
318 | |
319 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
320 | /* From time to time we get info on an Emacs window, here. */ |
321 | ||
322 | static WINDOWINFO_TYPE windowinfo; | |
323 | ||
324 | extern int errno; | |
325 | ||
dfeccd2d | 326 | /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */ |
64bb1782 RS |
327 | extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers; |
328 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
329 | extern Display *XOpenDisplay (); |
330 | extern Window XCreateWindow (); | |
331 | ||
332 | extern Cursor XCreateCursor (); | |
333 | extern FONT_TYPE *XOpenFont (); | |
334 | ||
335 | static void flashback (); | |
c83febd7 | 336 | static void redraw_previous_char (); |
0cdd0c9f | 337 | static void redraw_following_char (); |
3afe33e7 | 338 | static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (); |
dc6f92b8 | 339 | |
55836b73 | 340 | static int fast_find_position (); |
b8009dd1 RS |
341 | static void note_mouse_highlight (); |
342 | static void clear_mouse_face (); | |
343 | static void show_mouse_face (); | |
344 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 345 | void dumpborder (); |
4746118a JB |
346 | static int XTcursor_to (); |
347 | static int XTclear_end_of_line (); | |
16bd92ea JB |
348 | |
349 | \f | |
f451eb13 JB |
350 | /* Starting and ending updates. |
351 | ||
352 | These hooks are called by update_frame at the beginning and end | |
f676886a JB |
353 | of a frame update. We record in `updating_frame' the identity |
354 | of the frame being updated, so that the XT... functions do not | |
355 | need to take a frame as argument. Most of the XT... functions | |
dc6f92b8 | 356 | should never be called except during an update, the only exceptions |
c83febd7 | 357 | being XTcursor_to, XTwrite_glyphs and XTreassert_line_highlight. */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
358 | |
359 | extern int mouse_track_top, mouse_track_left, mouse_track_width; | |
360 | ||
361 | static | |
f676886a JB |
362 | XTupdate_begin (f) |
363 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
364 | { |
365 | int mask; | |
366 | ||
f676886a | 367 | if (f == 0) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
368 | abort (); |
369 | ||
f676886a | 370 | flexlines = f->height; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
371 | highlight = 0; |
372 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 373 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
b8009dd1 RS |
374 | |
375 | if (f == mouse_face_mouse_frame) | |
376 | { | |
514e4681 | 377 | /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */ |
b8009dd1 RS |
378 | mouse_face_defer = 1; |
379 | if (!NILP (mouse_face_window)) | |
514e4681 RS |
380 | { |
381 | int firstline, lastline, i; | |
382 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (mouse_face_window); | |
383 | ||
384 | /* Find the first, and the last+1, lines affected by redisplay. */ | |
385 | for (firstline = 0; firstline < f->height; firstline++) | |
386 | if (FRAME_DESIRED_GLYPHS (f)->enable[firstline]) | |
387 | break; | |
388 | ||
389 | lastline = f->height; | |
390 | for (i = f->height - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
391 | { | |
392 | if (FRAME_DESIRED_GLYPHS (f)->enable[i]) | |
393 | break; | |
394 | else | |
395 | lastline = i; | |
396 | } | |
397 | ||
398 | /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window | |
399 | where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off. */ | |
400 | if (! (firstline > (XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w)) | |
401 | || lastline < XFASTINT (w->top))) | |
402 | /* Otherwise turn off the mouse highlight now. */ | |
403 | clear_mouse_face (); | |
404 | } | |
b8009dd1 | 405 | } |
6ccf47d1 | 406 | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
407 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
408 | } | |
409 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 410 | static |
f676886a JB |
411 | XTupdate_end (f) |
412 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
413 | { |
414 | int mask; | |
415 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 416 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
dc6f92b8 | 417 | |
f676886a | 418 | x_display_cursor (f, 1); |
dc6f92b8 | 419 | |
b8009dd1 RS |
420 | if (f == mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
421 | mouse_face_defer = 0; | |
422 | #if 0 | |
423 | /* This fails in the case of having updated only the echo area | |
424 | if we have switched buffers. In that case, FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS | |
425 | has no relation to the current contents, and its charstarts | |
426 | have no relation to the contents of the window-buffer. | |
427 | I don't know a clean way to check | |
428 | for that case. window_end_valid isn't set up yet. */ | |
429 | if (f == mouse_face_mouse_frame) | |
430 | note_mouse_highlight (f, mouse_face_mouse_x, mouse_face_mouse_y); | |
431 | #endif | |
432 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
433 | XFlushQueue (); |
434 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
435 | } | |
b8009dd1 | 436 | |
514e4681 | 437 | /* This is called after a redisplay on frame F. */ |
b8009dd1 RS |
438 | |
439 | static | |
440 | XTframe_up_to_date (f) | |
441 | FRAME_PTR f; | |
442 | { | |
514e4681 RS |
443 | if (mouse_face_deferred_gc || f == mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
444 | { | |
445 | note_mouse_highlight (mouse_face_mouse_frame, | |
446 | mouse_face_mouse_x, mouse_face_mouse_y); | |
447 | mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; | |
448 | } | |
b8009dd1 | 449 | } |
dc6f92b8 JB |
450 | \f |
451 | /* External interface to control of standout mode. | |
452 | Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS | |
453 | and not change whether it is highlighted. */ | |
454 | ||
455 | XTreassert_line_highlight (new, vpos) | |
456 | int new, vpos; | |
457 | { | |
458 | highlight = new; | |
459 | } | |
460 | ||
461 | /* Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS | |
462 | and change whether it is highlighted. */ | |
463 | ||
464 | static | |
465 | XTchange_line_highlight (new_highlight, vpos, first_unused_hpos) | |
466 | int new_highlight, vpos, first_unused_hpos; | |
467 | { | |
468 | highlight = new_highlight; | |
469 | XTcursor_to (vpos, 0); | |
f676886a | 470 | XTclear_end_of_line (updating_frame->width); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
471 | } |
472 | ||
473 | /* This is used when starting Emacs and when restarting after suspend. | |
474 | When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing must be done | |
475 | to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that rarely happens). */ | |
476 | ||
477 | static | |
478 | XTset_terminal_modes () | |
479 | { | |
480 | } | |
481 | ||
482 | /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. | |
483 | Exiting will make the X-windows go away, and suspending | |
484 | requires no action. */ | |
485 | ||
486 | static | |
487 | XTreset_terminal_modes () | |
488 | { | |
f676886a | 489 | /* XTclear_frame (); */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
490 | } |
491 | \f | |
f451eb13 JB |
492 | /* Set the nominal cursor position of the frame. |
493 | This is where display update commands will take effect. | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
494 | This does not affect the place where the cursor-box is displayed. */ |
495 | ||
4746118a | 496 | static int |
dc6f92b8 JB |
497 | XTcursor_to (row, col) |
498 | register int row, col; | |
499 | { | |
500 | int mask; | |
501 | int orow = row; | |
502 | ||
503 | curs_x = col; | |
504 | curs_y = row; | |
505 | ||
f676886a | 506 | if (updating_frame == 0) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
507 | { |
508 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
f676886a | 509 | x_display_cursor (selected_frame, 1); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
510 | XFlushQueue (); |
511 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
512 | } | |
513 | } | |
514 | \f | |
515 | /* Display a sequence of N glyphs found at GP. | |
516 | WINDOW is the x-window to output to. LEFT and TOP are starting coords. | |
b8009dd1 RS |
517 | HL is 1 if this text is highlighted, 2 if the cursor is on it, |
518 | 3 if should appear in its mouse-face. | |
0cdd0c9f RS |
519 | JUST_FOREGROUND if 1 means draw only the foreground; |
520 | don't alter the background. | |
dc6f92b8 | 521 | |
07e34cb0 | 522 | FONT is the default font to use (for glyphs whose font-code is 0). |
dc6f92b8 | 523 | |
07e34cb0 JB |
524 | Since the display generation code is responsible for calling |
525 | compute_char_face and compute_glyph_face on everything it puts in | |
526 | the display structure, we can assume that the face code on each | |
28f72798 | 527 | glyph is a valid index into FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f), and the one |
f94397b5 KH |
528 | to which we can actually apply intern_face. |
529 | Call this function with input blocked. */ | |
dc6f92b8 | 530 | |
07e34cb0 JB |
531 | #if 1 |
532 | /* This is the multi-face code. */ | |
dc6f92b8 | 533 | |
dc6f92b8 | 534 | static void |
0cdd0c9f | 535 | dumpglyphs (f, left, top, gp, n, hl, just_foreground) |
f676886a | 536 | struct frame *f; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
537 | int left, top; |
538 | register GLYPH *gp; /* Points to first GLYPH. */ | |
539 | register int n; /* Number of glyphs to display. */ | |
540 | int hl; | |
0cdd0c9f | 541 | int just_foreground; |
dc6f92b8 | 542 | { |
07e34cb0 JB |
543 | /* Holds characters to be displayed. */ |
544 | char *buf = (char *) alloca (f->width * sizeof (*buf)); | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
545 | register char *cp; /* Steps through buf[]. */ |
546 | register int tlen = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH; | |
547 | register Lisp_Object *tbase = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE; | |
c118dd06 | 548 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
0cdd0c9f | 549 | int orig_left = left; |
dc6f92b8 | 550 | |
07e34cb0 | 551 | while (n > 0) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
552 | { |
553 | /* Get the face-code of the next GLYPH. */ | |
554 | int cf, len; | |
555 | int g = *gp; | |
556 | ||
07e34cb0 | 557 | GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g); |
6f63ba79 | 558 | cf = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
559 | |
560 | /* Find the run of consecutive glyphs with the same face-code. | |
561 | Extract their character codes into BUF. */ | |
562 | cp = buf; | |
563 | while (n > 0) | |
564 | { | |
565 | g = *gp; | |
07e34cb0 | 566 | GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g); |
6f63ba79 | 567 | if (FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g) != cf) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
568 | break; |
569 | ||
6f63ba79 | 570 | *cp++ = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
571 | --n; |
572 | ++gp; | |
573 | } | |
574 | ||
575 | /* LEN gets the length of the run. */ | |
576 | len = cp - buf; | |
577 | ||
578 | /* Now output this run of chars, with the font and pixel values | |
579 | determined by the face code CF. */ | |
07e34cb0 JB |
580 | { |
581 | struct face *face = FRAME_DEFAULT_FACE (f); | |
582 | FONT_TYPE *font = FACE_FONT (face); | |
583 | GC gc = FACE_GC (face); | |
584 | ||
b8009dd1 RS |
585 | /* HL = 3 means use a mouse face previously chosen. */ |
586 | if (hl == 3) | |
587 | cf = mouse_face_face_id; | |
588 | ||
b73b6aaf RS |
589 | /* First look at the face of the text itself. */ |
590 | if (cf != 0) | |
07e34cb0 | 591 | { |
a07d4bc5 RS |
592 | /* It's possible for the display table to specify |
593 | a face code that is out of range. Use 0 in that case. */ | |
28f72798 JB |
594 | if (cf < 0 || cf >= FRAME_N_COMPUTED_FACES (f) |
595 | || FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f) [cf] == 0) | |
a07d4bc5 | 596 | cf = 0; |
07e34cb0 JB |
597 | |
598 | if (cf == 1) | |
599 | face = FRAME_MODE_LINE_FACE (f); | |
600 | else | |
28f72798 | 601 | face = intern_face (f, FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f) [cf]); |
07e34cb0 JB |
602 | font = FACE_FONT (face); |
603 | gc = FACE_GC (face); | |
604 | } | |
4a4dc352 JB |
605 | |
606 | /* Then comes the distinction between modeline and normal text. */ | |
07e34cb0 JB |
607 | else if (hl == 0) |
608 | ; | |
609 | else if (hl == 1) | |
610 | { | |
611 | face = FRAME_MODE_LINE_FACE (f); | |
612 | font = FACE_FONT (face); | |
613 | gc = FACE_GC (face); | |
b73b6aaf RS |
614 | } |
615 | ||
616 | #define FACE_DEFAULT (~0) | |
617 | ||
618 | /* Now override that if the cursor's on this character. */ | |
b5cf7a0e | 619 | if (hl == 2) |
b73b6aaf | 620 | { |
11dd3d61 RS |
621 | if ((!face->font |
622 | || (int) face->font == FACE_DEFAULT | |
623 | || face->font == f->display.x->font) | |
624 | && face->background == f->display.x->background_pixel | |
625 | && face->foreground == f->display.x->foreground_pixel) | |
b5cf7a0e JB |
626 | { |
627 | gc = f->display.x->cursor_gc; | |
628 | } | |
629 | /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */ | |
630 | else | |
631 | { | |
632 | XGCValues xgcv; | |
633 | unsigned long mask; | |
634 | ||
635 | xgcv.background = f->display.x->cursor_pixel; | |
11dd3d61 | 636 | xgcv.foreground = face->background; |
df5a440b RS |
637 | /* If the glyph would be invisible, |
638 | try a different foreground. */ | |
639 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) | |
da893f1f | 640 | xgcv.foreground = face->foreground; |
df5a440b RS |
641 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) |
642 | xgcv.foreground = f->display.x->cursor_foreground_pixel; | |
643 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) | |
644 | xgcv.foreground = face->foreground; | |
645 | /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */ | |
646 | if (xgcv.background == face->background | |
647 | && xgcv.foreground == face->foreground) | |
648 | { | |
649 | xgcv.background = face->foreground; | |
650 | xgcv.foreground = face->background; | |
651 | } | |
b5cf7a0e JB |
652 | xgcv.font = face->font->fid; |
653 | xgcv.graphics_exposures = 0; | |
654 | mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures; | |
11dd3d61 RS |
655 | if (scratch_cursor_gc) |
656 | XChangeGC (x_current_display, scratch_cursor_gc, mask, &xgcv); | |
657 | else | |
658 | scratch_cursor_gc = | |
659 | XCreateGC (x_current_display, window, mask, &xgcv); | |
660 | gc = scratch_cursor_gc; | |
b73b6aaf | 661 | #if 0 |
11dd3d61 RS |
662 | /* If this code is restored, it must also reset to the default stipple |
663 | if necessary. */ | |
b5cf7a0e JB |
664 | if (face->stipple && face->stipple != FACE_DEFAULT) |
665 | XSetStipple (x_current_display, gc, face->stipple); | |
b73b6aaf | 666 | #endif |
b5cf7a0e | 667 | } |
07e34cb0 | 668 | } |
07e34cb0 | 669 | |
b5cf7a0e JB |
670 | if ((int) font == FACE_DEFAULT) |
671 | font = f->display.x->font; | |
672 | ||
0cdd0c9f RS |
673 | if (just_foreground) |
674 | XDrawString (x_current_display, window, gc, | |
675 | left, top + FONT_BASE (font), buf, len); | |
676 | else | |
677 | { | |
678 | XDrawImageString (x_current_display, window, gc, | |
679 | left, top + FONT_BASE (font), buf, len); | |
680 | /* Clear the rest of the line's height. */ | |
681 | if (f->display.x->line_height != FONT_HEIGHT (font)) | |
682 | XClearArea (x_current_display, window, left, | |
683 | top + FONT_HEIGHT (font), | |
684 | FONT_WIDTH (font) * len, | |
685 | /* This is how many pixels of height | |
686 | we have to clear. */ | |
687 | f->display.x->line_height - FONT_HEIGHT (font), | |
688 | False); | |
689 | } | |
690 | ||
691 | #if 0 /* Doesn't work, because it uses FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS, | |
692 | which often is not up to date yet. */ | |
693 | if (!just_foreground) | |
694 | { | |
695 | if (left == orig_left) | |
696 | redraw_previous_char (f, PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, left), | |
697 | PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, top), hl == 1); | |
698 | if (n == 0) | |
699 | redraw_following_char (f, PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, left + len * FONT_WIDTH (font)), | |
700 | PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, top), hl == 1); | |
701 | } | |
702 | #endif | |
07e34cb0 JB |
703 | |
704 | /* We should probably check for XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION and | |
705 | XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS properties on the font, but let's | |
706 | just get the thing working, and come back to that. */ | |
dc6f92b8 | 707 | { |
4a4dc352 | 708 | int underline_position = 1; |
07e34cb0 | 709 | |
4a4dc352 JB |
710 | if (font->descent <= underline_position) |
711 | underline_position = font->descent - 1; | |
07e34cb0 JB |
712 | |
713 | if (face->underline) | |
714 | XFillRectangle (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), | |
715 | FACE_GC (face), | |
716 | left, (top | |
717 | + FONT_BASE (font) | |
718 | + underline_position), | |
719 | len * FONT_WIDTH (font), 1); | |
dc6f92b8 | 720 | } |
07e34cb0 JB |
721 | |
722 | left += len * FONT_WIDTH (font); | |
723 | } | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
724 | } |
725 | } | |
07e34cb0 JB |
726 | #endif /* 1 */ |
727 | ||
728 | #if 0 | |
729 | /* This is the old single-face code. */ | |
730 | ||
731 | static void | |
732 | dumpglyphs (f, left, top, gp, n, hl, font) | |
733 | struct frame *f; | |
734 | int left, top; | |
735 | register GLYPH *gp; /* Points to first GLYPH. */ | |
736 | register int n; /* Number of glyphs to display. */ | |
737 | int hl; | |
738 | FONT_TYPE *font; | |
739 | { | |
740 | register int len; | |
741 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); | |
742 | GC drawing_gc = (hl == 2 ? f->display.x->cursor_gc | |
743 | : (hl ? f->display.x->reverse_gc | |
744 | : f->display.x->normal_gc)); | |
745 | ||
746 | if (sizeof (GLYPH) == sizeof (XChar2b)) | |
747 | XDrawImageString16 (x_current_display, window, drawing_gc, | |
748 | left, top + FONT_BASE (font), (XChar2b *) gp, n); | |
749 | else if (sizeof (GLYPH) == sizeof (unsigned char)) | |
750 | XDrawImageString (x_current_display, window, drawing_gc, | |
751 | left, top + FONT_BASE (font), (char *) gp, n); | |
752 | else | |
753 | /* What size of glyph ARE you using? And does X have a function to | |
754 | draw them? */ | |
755 | abort (); | |
756 | } | |
757 | #endif | |
dc6f92b8 | 758 | \f |
f451eb13 JB |
759 | /* Output some text at the nominal frame cursor position. |
760 | Advance the cursor over the text. | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
761 | Output LEN glyphs at START. |
762 | ||
763 | `highlight', set up by XTreassert_line_highlight or XTchange_line_highlight, | |
764 | controls the pixel values used for foreground and background. */ | |
765 | ||
766 | static | |
767 | XTwrite_glyphs (start, len) | |
768 | register GLYPH *start; | |
769 | int len; | |
770 | { | |
771 | register int temp_length; | |
772 | int mask; | |
f676886a | 773 | struct frame *f; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
774 | |
775 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
776 | ||
f676886a JB |
777 | f = updating_frame; |
778 | if (f == 0) | |
dc6f92b8 | 779 | { |
f676886a | 780 | f = selected_frame; |
dc6f92b8 | 781 | /* If not within an update, |
f676886a JB |
782 | output at the frame's visible cursor. */ |
783 | curs_x = f->cursor_x; | |
784 | curs_y = f->cursor_y; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
785 | } |
786 | ||
f676886a | 787 | dumpglyphs (f, |
12ba150f JB |
788 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x), |
789 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y), | |
0cdd0c9f | 790 | start, len, highlight, 0); |
90e65f07 JB |
791 | |
792 | /* If we drew on top of the cursor, note that it is turned off. */ | |
f676886a JB |
793 | if (curs_y == f->phys_cursor_y |
794 | && curs_x <= f->phys_cursor_x | |
795 | && curs_x + len > f->phys_cursor_x) | |
796 | f->phys_cursor_x = -1; | |
dc6f92b8 | 797 | |
f676886a | 798 | if (updating_frame == 0) |
dc6f92b8 | 799 | { |
f676886a JB |
800 | f->cursor_x += len; |
801 | x_display_cursor (f, 1); | |
802 | f->cursor_x -= len; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
803 | } |
804 | else | |
805 | curs_x += len; | |
806 | ||
807 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
808 | } | |
809 | \f | |
f451eb13 JB |
810 | /* Clear to the end of the line. |
811 | Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position (inclusive) | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
812 | to column FIRST_UNUSED (exclusive). The idea is that everything |
813 | from FIRST_UNUSED onward is already erased. */ | |
814 | ||
4746118a | 815 | static int |
dc6f92b8 JB |
816 | XTclear_end_of_line (first_unused) |
817 | register int first_unused; | |
818 | { | |
f676886a | 819 | struct frame *f = updating_frame; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
820 | int mask; |
821 | ||
f676886a | 822 | if (f == 0) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
823 | abort (); |
824 | ||
f676886a | 825 | if (curs_y < 0 || curs_y >= f->height) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
826 | return; |
827 | if (first_unused <= 0) | |
828 | return; | |
829 | ||
f676886a JB |
830 | if (first_unused >= f->width) |
831 | first_unused = f->width; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
832 | |
833 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
834 | ||
90e65f07 | 835 | /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */ |
f676886a JB |
836 | if (curs_y == f->phys_cursor_y |
837 | && curs_x <= f->phys_cursor_x | |
838 | && f->phys_cursor_x < first_unused) | |
839 | f->phys_cursor_x = -1; | |
dc6f92b8 | 840 | |
c118dd06 | 841 | XClearArea (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
12ba150f JB |
842 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x), |
843 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y), | |
f676886a | 844 | FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font) * (first_unused - curs_x), |
a27f9f86 | 845 | f->display.x->line_height, False); |
c83febd7 | 846 | #if 0 |
0cdd0c9f | 847 | redraw_previous_char (f, curs_x, curs_y, highlight); |
c83febd7 | 848 | #endif |
dc6f92b8 JB |
849 | |
850 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
851 | } | |
852 | ||
0cdd0c9f RS |
853 | static |
854 | XTclear_frame () | |
855 | { | |
856 | int mask; | |
857 | struct frame *f = updating_frame; | |
858 | ||
859 | if (f == 0) | |
860 | f = selected_frame; | |
861 | ||
862 | f->phys_cursor_x = -1; /* Cursor not visible. */ | |
863 | curs_x = 0; /* Nominal cursor position is top left. */ | |
864 | curs_y = 0; | |
865 | ||
866 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
867 | ||
868 | XClear (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); | |
869 | ||
870 | /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed | |
871 | colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */ | |
872 | x_scroll_bar_clear (f); | |
873 | ||
0cdd0c9f RS |
874 | XFlushQueue (); |
875 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
876 | } | |
877 | \f | |
878 | #if 0 | |
879 | /* This currently does not work because FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS doesn't | |
880 | always contain the right glyphs to use. | |
881 | ||
882 | It also needs to be changed to look at the details of the font and | |
883 | see whether there is really overlap, and do nothing when there is | |
884 | not. This can use font_char_overlap_left and font_char_overlap_right, | |
885 | but just how to use them is not clear. */ | |
886 | ||
c83febd7 RS |
887 | /* Erase the character (if any) at the position just before X, Y in frame F, |
888 | then redraw it and the character before it. | |
889 | This is necessary when we erase starting at X, | |
f94397b5 KH |
890 | in case the character after X overlaps into the one before X. |
891 | Call this function with input blocked. */ | |
c83febd7 RS |
892 | |
893 | static void | |
0cdd0c9f | 894 | redraw_previous_char (f, x, y, highlight_flag) |
c83febd7 RS |
895 | FRAME_PTR f; |
896 | int x, y; | |
0cdd0c9f | 897 | int highlight_flag; |
c83febd7 RS |
898 | { |
899 | /* Erase the character before the new ones, in case | |
900 | what was here before overlaps it. | |
901 | Reoutput that character, and the previous character | |
902 | (in case the previous character overlaps it). */ | |
903 | if (x > 0) | |
904 | { | |
905 | int start_x = x - 2; | |
906 | if (start_x < 0) | |
907 | start_x = 0; | |
908 | XClearArea (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), | |
909 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x - 1), | |
910 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y), | |
911 | FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font), | |
a27f9f86 | 912 | f->display.x->line_height, False); |
c83febd7 RS |
913 | |
914 | dumpglyphs (f, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, start_x), | |
915 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y), | |
916 | &FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[y][start_x], | |
0cdd0c9f | 917 | x - start_x, highlight_flag, 1); |
c83febd7 RS |
918 | } |
919 | } | |
920 | ||
0cdd0c9f RS |
921 | /* Erase the character (if any) at the position X, Y in frame F, |
922 | then redraw it and the character after it. | |
923 | This is necessary when we erase endng at X, | |
924 | in case the character after X overlaps into the one before X. | |
925 | Call this function with input blocked. */ | |
926 | ||
927 | static void | |
928 | redraw_following_char (f, x, y, highlight_flag) | |
929 | FRAME_PTR f; | |
930 | int x, y; | |
931 | int highlight_flag; | |
dc6f92b8 | 932 | { |
0cdd0c9f RS |
933 | int limit = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->used[y]; |
934 | /* Erase the character after the new ones, in case | |
935 | what was here before overlaps it. | |
936 | Reoutput that character, and the following character | |
937 | (in case the following character overlaps it). */ | |
938 | if (x < limit | |
939 | && FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[y][x] != SPACEGLYPH) | |
940 | { | |
941 | int end_x = x + 2; | |
942 | if (end_x > limit) | |
943 | end_x = limit; | |
944 | XClearArea (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), | |
945 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x), | |
946 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y), | |
947 | FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font), | |
948 | f->display.x->line_height, False); | |
dc6f92b8 | 949 | |
0cdd0c9f RS |
950 | dumpglyphs (f, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x), |
951 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y), | |
952 | &FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[y][x], | |
953 | end_x - x, highlight_flag, 1); | |
954 | } | |
955 | } | |
956 | #endif /* 0 */ | |
957 | \f | |
958 | #if 0 /* Not in use yet */ | |
dc6f92b8 | 959 | |
0cdd0c9f | 960 | /* Return 1 if character C in font F extends past its left edge. */ |
dbc4e1c1 | 961 | |
0cdd0c9f RS |
962 | static int |
963 | font_char_overlap_left (font, c) | |
964 | XFontStruct *font; | |
965 | int c; | |
966 | { | |
967 | XCharStruct *s; | |
dbc4e1c1 | 968 | |
0cdd0c9f RS |
969 | /* Find the bounding-box info for C. */ |
970 | if (font->per_char == 0) | |
971 | s = &font->max_bounds; | |
972 | else | |
973 | { | |
974 | int rowlen = font->max_char_or_byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2 + 1; | |
975 | int row, within; | |
976 | ||
977 | /* Decode char into row number (byte 1) and code within row (byte 2). */ | |
978 | row = c >> 8; | |
979 | within = c & 0177; | |
980 | if (!(within >= font->min_char_or_byte2 | |
981 | && within <= font->max_char_or_byte2 | |
982 | && row >= font->min_byte1 | |
983 | && row <= font->max_byte1)) | |
984 | { | |
985 | /* If char is out of range, try the font's default char instead. */ | |
986 | c = font->default_char; | |
987 | row = c >> (INTBITS - 8); | |
988 | within = c & 0177; | |
989 | } | |
990 | if (!(within >= font->min_char_or_byte2 | |
991 | && within <= font->max_char_or_byte2 | |
992 | && row >= font->min_byte1 | |
993 | && row <= font->max_byte1)) | |
994 | /* Still out of range means this char does not overlap. */ | |
995 | return 0; | |
996 | else | |
997 | /* We found the info for this char. */ | |
998 | s = (font->per_char + (within - font->min_char_or_byte2) | |
999 | + row * rowlen); | |
1000 | } | |
dbc4e1c1 | 1001 | |
0cdd0c9f RS |
1002 | return (s && s->lbearing < 0); |
1003 | } | |
dbc4e1c1 | 1004 | |
0cdd0c9f RS |
1005 | /* Return 1 if character C in font F extends past its right edge. */ |
1006 | ||
1007 | static int | |
1008 | font_char_overlap_right (font, c) | |
1009 | XFontStruct *font; | |
1010 | int c; | |
1011 | { | |
1012 | XCharStruct *s; | |
1013 | ||
1014 | /* Find the bounding-box info for C. */ | |
1015 | if (font->per_char == 0) | |
1016 | s = &font->max_bounds; | |
1017 | else | |
1018 | { | |
1019 | int rowlen = font->max_char_or_byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2 + 1; | |
1020 | int row, within; | |
1021 | ||
1022 | /* Decode char into row number (byte 1) and code within row (byte 2). */ | |
1023 | row = c >> 8; | |
1024 | within = c & 0177; | |
1025 | if (!(within >= font->min_char_or_byte2 | |
1026 | && within <= font->max_char_or_byte2 | |
1027 | && row >= font->min_byte1 | |
1028 | && row <= font->max_byte1)) | |
1029 | { | |
1030 | /* If char is out of range, try the font's default char instead. */ | |
1031 | c = font->default_char; | |
1032 | row = c >> (INTBITS - 8); | |
1033 | within = c & 0177; | |
1034 | } | |
1035 | if (!(within >= font->min_char_or_byte2 | |
1036 | && within <= font->max_char_or_byte2 | |
1037 | && row >= font->min_byte1 | |
1038 | && row <= font->max_byte1)) | |
1039 | /* Still out of range means this char does not overlap. */ | |
1040 | return 0; | |
1041 | else | |
1042 | /* We found the info for this char. */ | |
1043 | s = (font->per_char + (within - font->min_char_or_byte2) | |
1044 | + row * rowlen); | |
1045 | } | |
1046 | ||
1047 | return (s && s->rbearing >= s->width); | |
dc6f92b8 | 1048 | } |
0cdd0c9f | 1049 | #endif /* 0 */ |
dc6f92b8 | 1050 | \f |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1051 | /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */ |
1052 | ||
1053 | /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make sure | |
eb8c3be9 | 1054 | it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */ |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1055 | #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) |
1056 | ||
1057 | /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, | |
1058 | storing the result in RESULT. | |
1059 | Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */ | |
1060 | ||
1061 | static int | |
1062 | timeval_subtract (result, x, y) | |
1063 | struct timeval *result, x, y; | |
1064 | { | |
1065 | /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. | |
1066 | This is safer because on some systems | |
1067 | the tv_sec member is unsigned. */ | |
1068 | if (x.tv_usec < y.tv_usec) | |
1069 | { | |
1070 | int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000 + 1; | |
1071 | y.tv_usec -= 1000000 * nsec; | |
1072 | y.tv_sec += nsec; | |
1073 | } | |
1074 | if (x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec > 1000000) | |
1075 | { | |
1076 | int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000; | |
1077 | y.tv_usec += 1000000 * nsec; | |
1078 | y.tv_sec -= nsec; | |
1079 | } | |
1080 | ||
1081 | /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly positive. */ | |
1082 | result->tv_sec = x.tv_sec - y.tv_sec; | |
1083 | result->tv_usec = x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec; | |
1084 | ||
1085 | /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered negative. */ | |
1086 | return x.tv_sec < y.tv_sec; | |
1087 | } | |
dc6f92b8 | 1088 | |
f676886a JB |
1089 | XTflash (f) |
1090 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 | 1091 | { |
dbc4e1c1 | 1092 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
dc6f92b8 | 1093 | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1094 | { |
1095 | GC gc; | |
dc6f92b8 | 1096 | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1097 | /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground pixels |
1098 | into background pixels. */ | |
1099 | { | |
1100 | XGCValues values; | |
dc6f92b8 | 1101 | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1102 | values.function = GXxor; |
1103 | values.foreground = (f->display.x->foreground_pixel | |
1104 | ^ f->display.x->background_pixel); | |
1105 | ||
1106 | gc = XCreateGC (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), | |
1107 | GCFunction | GCForeground, &values); | |
1108 | } | |
dc6f92b8 | 1109 | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1110 | { |
1111 | int width = PIXEL_WIDTH (f); | |
1112 | int height = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); | |
dc6f92b8 | 1113 | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1114 | XFillRectangle (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, |
1115 | width/4, height/4, width/2, height/2); | |
1116 | XFlush (x_current_display); | |
dc6f92b8 | 1117 | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1118 | { |
1119 | struct timeval wakeup, now; | |
dc6f92b8 | 1120 | |
66c30ea1 | 1121 | EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup); |
dc6f92b8 | 1122 | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1123 | /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */ |
1124 | wakeup.tv_usec += 150000; | |
1125 | wakeup.tv_sec += (wakeup.tv_usec / 1000000); | |
1126 | wakeup.tv_usec %= 1000000; | |
1127 | ||
1128 | /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup. */ | |
1129 | while (1) | |
1130 | { | |
1131 | struct timeval timeout; | |
1132 | ||
66c30ea1 | 1133 | EMACS_GET_TIME (timeout); |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1134 | |
1135 | /* In effect, timeout = wakeup - timeout. | |
1136 | Break if result would be negative. */ | |
1137 | if (timeval_subtract (&timeout, wakeup, timeout)) | |
1138 | break; | |
1139 | ||
1140 | /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */ | |
1141 | select (0, 0, 0, 0, &timeout); | |
1142 | } | |
1143 | } | |
1144 | ||
1145 | XFillRectangle (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, | |
1146 | width/4, height/4, width/2, height/2); | |
1147 | XFreeGC (x_current_display, gc); | |
1148 | XFlush (x_current_display); | |
dc6f92b8 | 1149 | } |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1150 | } |
1151 | ||
1152 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1153 | } |
1154 | ||
dbc4e1c1 JB |
1155 | #endif |
1156 | ||
1157 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
1158 | /* Make audible bell. */ |
1159 | ||
bc20ebbf | 1160 | #define XRINGBELL XBell (x_current_display, 0) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1161 | |
1162 | XTring_bell () | |
1163 | { | |
5a6ef893 RS |
1164 | if (x_current_display == 0) |
1165 | return; | |
1166 | ||
dbc4e1c1 | 1167 | #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) |
dc6f92b8 | 1168 | if (visible_bell) |
f676886a | 1169 | XTflash (selected_frame); |
dc6f92b8 | 1170 | else |
dbc4e1c1 | 1171 | #endif |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1172 | { |
1173 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
1174 | XRINGBELL; | |
1175 | XFlushQueue (); | |
1176 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
1177 | } | |
1178 | } | |
1179 | \f | |
f451eb13 JB |
1180 | /* Insert and delete character. |
1181 | These are not supposed to be used because we are supposed to turn | |
1182 | off the feature of using them. */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1183 | |
1184 | static | |
1185 | XTinsert_glyphs (start, len) | |
1186 | register char *start; | |
1187 | register int len; | |
1188 | { | |
1189 | abort (); | |
1190 | } | |
1191 | ||
1192 | static | |
1193 | XTdelete_glyphs (n) | |
1194 | register int n; | |
1195 | { | |
1196 | abort (); | |
1197 | } | |
1198 | \f | |
1199 | /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window, | |
1200 | should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations. | |
1201 | This, and those operations, are used only within an update | |
1202 | that is bounded by calls to XTupdate_begin and XTupdate_end. */ | |
1203 | ||
1204 | static | |
1205 | XTset_terminal_window (n) | |
1206 | register int n; | |
1207 | { | |
f676886a | 1208 | if (updating_frame == 0) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1209 | abort (); |
1210 | ||
f676886a JB |
1211 | if ((n <= 0) || (n > updating_frame->height)) |
1212 | flexlines = updating_frame->height; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1213 | else |
1214 | flexlines = n; | |
1215 | } | |
1216 | \f | |
f451eb13 JB |
1217 | /* Perform an insert-lines operation. |
1218 | Insert N lines at a vertical position curs_y. */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1219 | |
1220 | static void | |
1221 | stufflines (n) | |
1222 | register int n; | |
1223 | { | |
1224 | register int topregion, bottomregion; | |
1225 | register int length, newtop, mask; | |
f676886a JB |
1226 | register struct frame *f = updating_frame; |
1227 | int intborder = f->display.x->internal_border_width; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1228 | |
1229 | if (curs_y >= flexlines) | |
1230 | return; | |
1231 | ||
1232 | topregion = curs_y; | |
1233 | bottomregion = flexlines - (n + 1); | |
1234 | newtop = topregion + n; | |
1235 | length = (bottomregion - topregion) + 1; | |
1236 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 1237 | if ((length > 0) && (newtop <= flexlines)) |
6ccf47d1 RS |
1238 | XCopyArea (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
1239 | FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), f->display.x->normal_gc, | |
1240 | intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, topregion), | |
1241 | f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font), | |
1242 | length * f->display.x->line_height, intborder, | |
1243 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, newtop)); | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1244 | |
1245 | newtop = min (newtop, (flexlines - 1)); | |
1246 | length = newtop - topregion; | |
1247 | if (length > 0) | |
6ccf47d1 RS |
1248 | XClearArea (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), intborder, |
1249 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, topregion), | |
1250 | f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font), | |
1251 | n * f->display.x->line_height, False); | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1252 | } |
1253 | ||
1254 | /* Perform a delete-lines operation, deleting N lines | |
1255 | at a vertical position curs_y. */ | |
1256 | ||
1257 | static void | |
1258 | scraplines (n) | |
1259 | register int n; | |
1260 | { | |
1261 | int mask; | |
f676886a JB |
1262 | register struct frame *f = updating_frame; |
1263 | int intborder = f->display.x->internal_border_width; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1264 | |
1265 | if (curs_y >= flexlines) | |
1266 | return; | |
1267 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
1268 | if ((curs_y + n) >= flexlines) |
1269 | { | |
1270 | if (flexlines >= (curs_y + 1)) | |
6ccf47d1 RS |
1271 | XClearArea (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), intborder, |
1272 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y), | |
1273 | f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font), | |
1274 | (flexlines - curs_y) * f->display.x->line_height, False); | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1275 | } |
1276 | else | |
1277 | { | |
c118dd06 JB |
1278 | XCopyArea (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
1279 | FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), f->display.x->normal_gc, | |
dc6f92b8 | 1280 | intborder, |
12ba150f | 1281 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y + n), |
f676886a | 1282 | f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font), |
a27f9f86 | 1283 | (flexlines - (curs_y + n)) * f->display.x->line_height, |
12ba150f | 1284 | intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y)); |
c118dd06 | 1285 | XClearArea (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
dc6f92b8 | 1286 | intborder, |
12ba150f | 1287 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, flexlines - n), |
f676886a | 1288 | f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font), |
a27f9f86 | 1289 | n * f->display.x->line_height, False); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1290 | } |
1291 | } | |
1292 | ||
1293 | /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, | |
1294 | inserting N lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */ | |
1295 | ||
1296 | XTins_del_lines (vpos, n) | |
1297 | int vpos, n; | |
1298 | { | |
f676886a | 1299 | if (updating_frame == 0) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1300 | abort (); |
1301 | ||
90e65f07 | 1302 | /* Hide the cursor. */ |
f676886a | 1303 | x_display_cursor (updating_frame, 0); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1304 | |
1305 | XTcursor_to (vpos, 0); | |
1306 | ||
1307 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
1308 | if (n >= 0) | |
1309 | stufflines (n); | |
1310 | else | |
1311 | scraplines (-n); | |
1312 | XFlushQueue (); | |
1313 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
1314 | } | |
1315 | \f | |
f451eb13 | 1316 | /* Support routines for exposure events. */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1317 | static void clear_cursor (); |
1318 | ||
f676886a JB |
1319 | /* Output into a rectangle of an X-window (for frame F) |
1320 | the characters in f->phys_lines that overlap that rectangle. | |
dc6f92b8 | 1321 | TOP and LEFT are the position of the upper left corner of the rectangle. |
f94397b5 KH |
1322 | ROWS and COLS are the size of the rectangle. |
1323 | Call this function with input blocked. */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1324 | |
1325 | static void | |
f676886a JB |
1326 | dumprectangle (f, left, top, cols, rows) |
1327 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1328 | register int left, top, cols, rows; |
1329 | { | |
f676886a | 1330 | register struct frame_glyphs *active_frame = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1331 | int cursor_cleared = 0; |
1332 | int bottom, right; | |
1333 | register int y; | |
1334 | ||
f676886a | 1335 | if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1336 | return; |
1337 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
1338 | /* Express rectangle as four edges, instead of position-and-size. */ |
1339 | bottom = top + rows; | |
1340 | right = left + cols; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1341 | |
1342 | /* Convert rectangle edges in pixels to edges in chars. | |
1343 | Round down for left and top, up for right and bottom. */ | |
12ba150f JB |
1344 | top = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, top); |
1345 | left = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, left); | |
a27f9f86 | 1346 | bottom += (f->display.x->line_height - 1); |
f676886a | 1347 | right += (FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font) - 1); |
12ba150f JB |
1348 | bottom = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, bottom); |
1349 | right = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, right); | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1350 | |
1351 | /* Clip the rectangle to what can be visible. */ | |
1352 | if (left < 0) | |
1353 | left = 0; | |
1354 | if (top < 0) | |
1355 | top = 0; | |
f676886a JB |
1356 | if (right > f->width) |
1357 | right = f->width; | |
1358 | if (bottom > f->height) | |
1359 | bottom = f->height; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1360 | |
1361 | /* Get size in chars of the rectangle. */ | |
1362 | cols = right - left; | |
1363 | rows = bottom - top; | |
1364 | ||
1365 | /* If rectangle has zero area, return. */ | |
1366 | if (rows <= 0) return; | |
1367 | if (cols <= 0) return; | |
1368 | ||
1369 | /* Turn off the cursor if it is in the rectangle. | |
1370 | We will turn it back on afterward. */ | |
f676886a JB |
1371 | if ((f->phys_cursor_x >= left) && (f->phys_cursor_x < right) |
1372 | && (f->phys_cursor_y >= top) && (f->phys_cursor_y < bottom)) | |
dc6f92b8 | 1373 | { |
f676886a | 1374 | clear_cursor (f); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1375 | cursor_cleared = 1; |
1376 | } | |
1377 | ||
1378 | /* Display the text in the rectangle, one text line at a time. */ | |
1379 | ||
1380 | for (y = top; y < bottom; y++) | |
1381 | { | |
f676886a | 1382 | GLYPH *line = &active_frame->glyphs[y][left]; |
dc6f92b8 | 1383 | |
f676886a | 1384 | if (! active_frame->enable[y] || left > active_frame->used[y]) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1385 | continue; |
1386 | ||
f676886a | 1387 | dumpglyphs (f, |
12ba150f JB |
1388 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, left), |
1389 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y), | |
1390 | line, min (cols, active_frame->used[y] - left), | |
0cdd0c9f | 1391 | active_frame->highlight[y], 0); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1392 | } |
1393 | ||
1394 | /* Turn the cursor on if we turned it off. */ | |
1395 | ||
1396 | if (cursor_cleared) | |
f676886a | 1397 | x_display_cursor (f, 1); |
dc6f92b8 | 1398 | } |
dc6f92b8 | 1399 | \f |
dc6f92b8 | 1400 | static void |
f676886a JB |
1401 | frame_highlight (frame) |
1402 | struct frame *frame; | |
dc6f92b8 | 1403 | { |
b3e1e05c JB |
1404 | /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but |
1405 | the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap | |
1406 | and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the | |
1407 | client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */ | |
1408 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
1409 | XSetWindowBorder (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame), | |
1410 | frame->display.x->border_pixel); | |
1411 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
f676886a | 1412 | x_display_cursor (frame, 1); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1413 | } |
1414 | ||
1415 | static void | |
f676886a JB |
1416 | frame_unhighlight (frame) |
1417 | struct frame *frame; | |
dc6f92b8 | 1418 | { |
b3e1e05c JB |
1419 | /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but |
1420 | the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap | |
1421 | and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the | |
1422 | client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */ | |
1423 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
1424 | XSetWindowBorderPixmap (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame), | |
1425 | frame->display.x->border_tile); | |
1426 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
f676886a | 1427 | x_display_cursor (frame, 1); |
dc6f92b8 | 1428 | } |
dc6f92b8 | 1429 | |
f676886a | 1430 | static void XTframe_rehighlight (); |
6d4238f3 | 1431 | |
f676886a JB |
1432 | /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect |
1433 | the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame | |
dc6f92b8 | 1434 | here, because the lisp code we are interrupting might become confused. |
eb8c3be9 | 1435 | Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the |
6d4238f3 | 1436 | lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */ |
dc6f92b8 | 1437 | |
6d4238f3 | 1438 | static void |
f676886a JB |
1439 | x_new_focus_frame (frame) |
1440 | struct frame *frame; | |
dc6f92b8 | 1441 | { |
f676886a | 1442 | struct frame *old_focus = x_focus_frame; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1443 | int events_enqueued = 0; |
1444 | ||
f676886a | 1445 | if (frame != x_focus_frame) |
dc6f92b8 | 1446 | { |
6d4238f3 | 1447 | /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see |
f676886a JB |
1448 | the correct value of x_focus_frame. */ |
1449 | x_focus_frame = frame; | |
6d4238f3 JB |
1450 | |
1451 | if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower) | |
f676886a | 1452 | x_lower_frame (old_focus); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1453 | |
1454 | #if 0 | |
f676886a | 1455 | selected_frame = frame; |
e0c1aef2 KH |
1456 | XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame->selected_window)->frame, |
1457 | selected_frame); | |
f676886a JB |
1458 | Fselect_window (selected_frame->selected_window); |
1459 | choose_minibuf_frame (); | |
c118dd06 | 1460 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
dc6f92b8 | 1461 | |
f676886a | 1462 | if (x_focus_frame && x_focus_frame->auto_raise) |
0134a210 RS |
1463 | pending_autoraise_frame = x_focus_frame; |
1464 | else | |
1465 | pending_autoraise_frame = 0; | |
6d4238f3 | 1466 | } |
dc6f92b8 | 1467 | |
f676886a | 1468 | XTframe_rehighlight (); |
6d4238f3 JB |
1469 | } |
1470 | ||
1471 | ||
f451eb13 JB |
1472 | /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to |
1473 | another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate | |
1474 | minibuffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate. */ | |
6d4238f3 | 1475 | static void |
f676886a | 1476 | XTframe_rehighlight () |
6d4238f3 | 1477 | { |
f676886a | 1478 | struct frame *old_highlight = x_highlight_frame; |
6d4238f3 | 1479 | |
f676886a | 1480 | if (x_focus_frame) |
6d4238f3 | 1481 | { |
f451eb13 | 1482 | x_highlight_frame = |
ab648270 | 1483 | ((XGCTYPE (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (x_focus_frame)) == Lisp_Frame) |
f451eb13 JB |
1484 | ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (x_focus_frame)) |
1485 | : x_focus_frame); | |
1486 | if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (x_highlight_frame)) | |
1487 | { | |
1488 | FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (x_focus_frame) = Qnil; | |
1489 | x_highlight_frame = x_focus_frame; | |
1490 | } | |
dc6f92b8 | 1491 | } |
6d4238f3 | 1492 | else |
f676886a | 1493 | x_highlight_frame = 0; |
dc6f92b8 | 1494 | |
f676886a | 1495 | if (x_highlight_frame != old_highlight) |
6d4238f3 JB |
1496 | { |
1497 | if (old_highlight) | |
f676886a JB |
1498 | frame_unhighlight (old_highlight); |
1499 | if (x_highlight_frame) | |
1500 | frame_highlight (x_highlight_frame); | |
6d4238f3 | 1501 | } |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1502 | } |
1503 | \f | |
e4571a43 | 1504 | /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */ |
dc6f92b8 | 1505 | |
28430d3c JB |
1506 | /* Which modifier keys are on which modifier bits? |
1507 | ||
1508 | With each keystroke, X returns eight bits indicating which modifier | |
11edeb03 JB |
1509 | keys were held down when the key was pressed. The interpretation |
1510 | of the top five modifier bits depends on what keys are attached | |
28430d3c JB |
1511 | to them. If the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms are on mod5, then mod5 |
1512 | is the meta bit. | |
1513 | ||
1514 | x_meta_mod_mask is a mask containing the bits used for the meta key. | |
1515 | It may have more than one bit set, if more than one modifier bit | |
1516 | has meta keys on it. Basically, if EVENT is a KeyPress event, | |
11edeb03 JB |
1517 | the meta key is pressed if (EVENT.state & x_meta_mod_mask) != 0. |
1518 | ||
1519 | x_shift_lock_mask is LockMask if the XK_Shift_Lock keysym is on the | |
1520 | lock modifier bit, or zero otherwise. Non-alphabetic keys should | |
1521 | only be affected by the lock modifier bit if XK_Shift_Lock is in | |
1522 | use; XK_Caps_Lock should only affect alphabetic keys. With this | |
1523 | arrangement, the lock modifier should shift the character if | |
1524 | (EVENT.state & x_shift_lock_mask) != 0. */ | |
1525 | static int x_meta_mod_mask, x_shift_lock_mask; | |
28430d3c | 1526 | |
a3c44b14 RS |
1527 | /* These are like x_meta_mod_mask, but for different modifiers. */ |
1528 | static int x_alt_mod_mask, x_super_mod_mask, x_hyper_mod_mask; | |
1529 | ||
28430d3c JB |
1530 | /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */ |
1531 | static void | |
1532 | x_find_modifier_meanings () | |
1533 | { | |
f689eb05 | 1534 | int min_code, max_code; |
28430d3c JB |
1535 | KeySym *syms; |
1536 | int syms_per_code; | |
1537 | XModifierKeymap *mods; | |
1538 | ||
1539 | x_meta_mod_mask = 0; | |
11edeb03 | 1540 | x_shift_lock_mask = 0; |
a3c44b14 RS |
1541 | x_alt_mod_mask = 0; |
1542 | x_super_mod_mask = 0; | |
1543 | x_hyper_mod_mask = 0; | |
28430d3c | 1544 | |
9658a521 | 1545 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
28430d3c | 1546 | XDisplayKeycodes (x_current_display, &min_code, &max_code); |
9658a521 JB |
1547 | #else |
1548 | min_code = x_current_display->min_keycode; | |
1549 | max_code = x_current_display->max_keycode; | |
1550 | #endif | |
1551 | ||
28430d3c JB |
1552 | syms = XGetKeyboardMapping (x_current_display, |
1553 | min_code, max_code - min_code + 1, | |
1554 | &syms_per_code); | |
1555 | mods = XGetModifierMapping (x_current_display); | |
1556 | ||
11edeb03 JB |
1557 | /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and |
1558 | Alt keysyms are on. */ | |
28430d3c JB |
1559 | { |
1560 | int row, col; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */ | |
1561 | ||
1562 | for (row = 3; row < 8; row++) | |
1563 | for (col = 0; col < mods->max_keypermod; col++) | |
1564 | { | |
1565 | KeyCode code = | |
1566 | mods->modifiermap[(row * mods->max_keypermod) + col]; | |
1567 | ||
af92970c KH |
1568 | /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */ |
1569 | if (code == 0) | |
1570 | continue; | |
1571 | ||
28430d3c JB |
1572 | /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */ |
1573 | { | |
1574 | int code_col; | |
1575 | ||
1576 | for (code_col = 0; code_col < syms_per_code; code_col++) | |
1577 | { | |
f689eb05 | 1578 | int sym = syms[((code - min_code) * syms_per_code) + code_col]; |
28430d3c | 1579 | |
f689eb05 | 1580 | switch (sym) |
28430d3c | 1581 | { |
f689eb05 JB |
1582 | case XK_Meta_L: |
1583 | case XK_Meta_R: | |
28430d3c JB |
1584 | x_meta_mod_mask |= (1 << row); |
1585 | break; | |
f689eb05 JB |
1586 | |
1587 | case XK_Alt_L: | |
1588 | case XK_Alt_R: | |
a3c44b14 RS |
1589 | x_alt_mod_mask |= (1 << row); |
1590 | break; | |
1591 | ||
1592 | case XK_Hyper_L: | |
1593 | case XK_Hyper_R: | |
1594 | x_hyper_mod_mask |= (1 << row); | |
1595 | break; | |
1596 | ||
1597 | case XK_Super_L: | |
1598 | case XK_Super_R: | |
1599 | x_super_mod_mask |= (1 << row); | |
f689eb05 | 1600 | break; |
11edeb03 JB |
1601 | |
1602 | case XK_Shift_Lock: | |
1603 | /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */ | |
1604 | if ((1 << row) == LockMask) | |
1605 | x_shift_lock_mask = LockMask; | |
1606 | break; | |
28430d3c JB |
1607 | } |
1608 | } | |
1609 | } | |
1610 | } | |
1611 | } | |
1612 | ||
f689eb05 JB |
1613 | /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */ |
1614 | if (! x_meta_mod_mask) | |
a3c44b14 RS |
1615 | { |
1616 | x_meta_mod_mask = x_alt_mod_mask; | |
1617 | x_alt_mod_mask = 0; | |
1618 | } | |
f689eb05 | 1619 | |
148c4b70 RS |
1620 | /* If some keys are both alt and meta, |
1621 | make them just meta, not alt. */ | |
1622 | if (x_alt_mod_mask & x_meta_mod_mask) | |
1623 | { | |
1624 | x_alt_mod_mask &= ~x_meta_mod_mask; | |
1625 | } | |
1626 | ||
28430d3c | 1627 | XFree ((char *) syms); |
f689eb05 | 1628 | XFreeModifiermap (mods); |
28430d3c JB |
1629 | } |
1630 | ||
dfeccd2d JB |
1631 | /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits |
1632 | Emacs uses. */ | |
7c5283e4 | 1633 | static unsigned int |
dfeccd2d | 1634 | x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (state) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1635 | unsigned int state; |
1636 | { | |
11edeb03 JB |
1637 | return ( ((state & (ShiftMask | x_shift_lock_mask)) ? shift_modifier : 0) |
1638 | | ((state & ControlMask) ? ctrl_modifier : 0) | |
a3c44b14 RS |
1639 | | ((state & x_meta_mod_mask) ? meta_modifier : 0) |
1640 | | ((state & x_alt_mod_mask) ? alt_modifier : 0) | |
1641 | | ((state & x_super_mod_mask) ? super_modifier : 0) | |
1642 | | ((state & x_hyper_mod_mask) ? hyper_modifier : 0)); | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1643 | } |
1644 | ||
dfeccd2d JB |
1645 | static unsigned int |
1646 | x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (state) | |
1647 | unsigned int state; | |
1648 | { | |
1649 | return ( ((state & alt_modifier) ? x_alt_mod_mask : 0) | |
1650 | | ((state & super_modifier) ? x_super_mod_mask : 0) | |
1651 | | ((state & hyper_modifier) ? x_hyper_mod_mask : 0) | |
1652 | | ((state & shift_modifier) ? ShiftMask : 0) | |
1653 | | ((state & ctrl_modifier) ? ControlMask : 0) | |
1654 | | ((state & meta_modifier) ? x_meta_mod_mask : 0)); | |
1655 | } | |
e4571a43 JB |
1656 | \f |
1657 | /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */ | |
e4571a43 JB |
1658 | |
1659 | /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on the frame F, return | |
1660 | glyph co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle | |
69388238 RS |
1661 | that the glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. |
1662 | If NOCLIP is nonzero, do not force the value into range. */ | |
1663 | ||
c8dba240 | 1664 | void |
69388238 | 1665 | pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip) |
e4571a43 | 1666 | FRAME_PTR f; |
69388238 | 1667 | register int pix_x, pix_y; |
e4571a43 JB |
1668 | register int *x, *y; |
1669 | XRectangle *bounds; | |
69388238 | 1670 | int noclip; |
e4571a43 | 1671 | { |
69388238 RS |
1672 | /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down |
1673 | even for negative values. */ | |
1674 | if (pix_x < 0) | |
1675 | pix_x -= FONT_WIDTH ((f)->display.x->font) - 1; | |
1676 | if (pix_y < 0) | |
a27f9f86 | 1677 | pix_y -= (f)->display.x->line_height - 1; |
69388238 | 1678 | |
e4571a43 JB |
1679 | pix_x = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, pix_x); |
1680 | pix_y = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, pix_y); | |
1681 | ||
1682 | if (bounds) | |
1683 | { | |
1684 | bounds->width = FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font); | |
a27f9f86 | 1685 | bounds->height = f->display.x->line_height; |
e4571a43 JB |
1686 | bounds->x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, pix_x); |
1687 | bounds->y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, pix_y); | |
1688 | } | |
1689 | ||
69388238 RS |
1690 | if (!noclip) |
1691 | { | |
1692 | if (pix_x < 0) | |
1693 | pix_x = 0; | |
1694 | else if (pix_x > f->width) | |
1695 | pix_x = f->width; | |
1696 | ||
1697 | if (pix_y < 0) | |
1698 | pix_y = 0; | |
1699 | else if (pix_y > f->height) | |
1700 | pix_y = f->height; | |
1701 | } | |
e4571a43 JB |
1702 | |
1703 | *x = pix_x; | |
1704 | *y = pix_y; | |
1705 | } | |
1706 | ||
2b5c9e71 RS |
1707 | void |
1708 | glyph_to_pixel_coords (f, x, y, pix_x, pix_y) | |
1709 | FRAME_PTR f; | |
1710 | register int x, y; | |
1711 | register int *pix_x, *pix_y; | |
1712 | { | |
1713 | *pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x); | |
1714 | *pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y); | |
1715 | } | |
1716 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
1717 | /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue. |
1718 | ||
1719 | If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed | |
f451eb13 | 1720 | the mouse. */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1721 | |
1722 | static Lisp_Object | |
f451eb13 | 1723 | construct_mouse_click (result, event, f) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
1724 | struct input_event *result; |
1725 | XButtonEvent *event; | |
f676886a | 1726 | struct frame *f; |
dc6f92b8 | 1727 | { |
f451eb13 | 1728 | /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide |
dc6f92b8 | 1729 | otherwise. */ |
f451eb13 | 1730 | result->kind = mouse_click; |
69388238 | 1731 | result->code = event->button - Button1; |
1113d9db | 1732 | result->timestamp = event->time; |
dfeccd2d | 1733 | result->modifiers = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (event->state) |
f689eb05 JB |
1734 | | (event->type == ButtonRelease |
1735 | ? up_modifier | |
1736 | : down_modifier)); | |
dc6f92b8 | 1737 | |
f451eb13 JB |
1738 | { |
1739 | int row, column; | |
dc6f92b8 | 1740 | |
2b5c9e71 | 1741 | #if 0 |
69388238 | 1742 | pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, event->x, event->y, &column, &row, NULL, 0); |
90e1eb6f KH |
1743 | XSETFASTINT (result->x, column); |
1744 | XSETFASTINT (result->y, row); | |
2b5c9e71 | 1745 | #endif |
e0c1aef2 KH |
1746 | XSETINT (result->x, event->x); |
1747 | XSETINT (result->y, event->y); | |
1748 | XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f); | |
f451eb13 | 1749 | } |
dc6f92b8 | 1750 | } |
b849c413 RS |
1751 | |
1752 | /* Prepare a menu-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue. */ | |
1753 | ||
1754 | static Lisp_Object | |
1755 | construct_menu_click (result, event, f) | |
1756 | struct input_event *result; | |
1757 | XButtonEvent *event; | |
1758 | struct frame *f; | |
1759 | { | |
1760 | /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide | |
1761 | otherwise. */ | |
1762 | result->kind = mouse_click; | |
e0c1aef2 | 1763 | XSETINT (result->code, event->button - Button1); |
b849c413 RS |
1764 | result->timestamp = event->time; |
1765 | result->modifiers = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (event->state) | |
1766 | | (event->type == ButtonRelease | |
1767 | ? up_modifier | |
1768 | : down_modifier)); | |
1769 | ||
e0c1aef2 KH |
1770 | XSETINT (result->x, event->x); |
1771 | XSETINT (result->y, -1); | |
1772 | XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f); | |
b849c413 | 1773 | } |
69388238 | 1774 | \f |
90e65f07 JB |
1775 | /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code. |
1776 | The input handler calls this. | |
1777 | ||
1778 | We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event. | |
1779 | If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell | |
1780 | the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for | |
1781 | another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */ | |
b8009dd1 | 1782 | |
90e65f07 | 1783 | static void |
12ba150f | 1784 | note_mouse_movement (frame, event) |
f676886a | 1785 | FRAME_PTR frame; |
90e65f07 JB |
1786 | XMotionEvent *event; |
1787 | ||
1788 | { | |
e5d77022 JB |
1789 | last_mouse_movement_time = event->time; |
1790 | ||
27f338af RS |
1791 | if (event->window != FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame)) |
1792 | { | |
1793 | mouse_moved = 1; | |
1794 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; | |
1795 | ||
1796 | note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1); | |
1797 | ||
1798 | /* Ask for another mouse motion event. */ | |
1799 | { | |
1800 | int dummy; | |
847e150a | 1801 | Window dummy_window; |
27f338af RS |
1802 | |
1803 | XQueryPointer (event->display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame), | |
847e150a | 1804 | &dummy_window, &dummy_window, |
27f338af RS |
1805 | &dummy, &dummy, &dummy, &dummy, |
1806 | (unsigned int *) &dummy); | |
1807 | } | |
1808 | } | |
1809 | ||
90e65f07 | 1810 | /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */ |
27f338af RS |
1811 | else if (event->x < last_mouse_glyph.x |
1812 | || event->x >= last_mouse_glyph.x + last_mouse_glyph.width | |
1813 | || event->y < last_mouse_glyph.y | |
1814 | || event->y >= last_mouse_glyph.y + last_mouse_glyph.height) | |
12ba150f JB |
1815 | { |
1816 | mouse_moved = 1; | |
ab648270 | 1817 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
b8009dd1 RS |
1818 | |
1819 | note_mouse_highlight (frame, event->x, event->y); | |
1820 | ||
1821 | /* Ask for another mouse motion event. */ | |
1822 | { | |
1823 | int dummy; | |
847e150a | 1824 | Window dummy_window; |
b8009dd1 | 1825 | |
27f338af | 1826 | XQueryPointer (event->display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame), |
847e150a | 1827 | &dummy_window, &dummy_window, |
b8009dd1 RS |
1828 | &dummy, &dummy, &dummy, &dummy, |
1829 | (unsigned int *) &dummy); | |
1830 | } | |
12ba150f | 1831 | } |
90e65f07 JB |
1832 | else |
1833 | { | |
1834 | /* It's on the same glyph. Call XQueryPointer so we'll get an | |
1835 | event the next time the mouse moves and we can see if it's | |
1836 | *still* on the same glyph. */ | |
1837 | int dummy; | |
847e150a | 1838 | Window dummy_window; |
90e65f07 | 1839 | |
27f338af | 1840 | XQueryPointer (event->display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame), |
847e150a | 1841 | &dummy_window, &dummy_window, |
90e65f07 JB |
1842 | &dummy, &dummy, &dummy, &dummy, |
1843 | (unsigned int *) &dummy); | |
1844 | } | |
1845 | } | |
1846 | ||
bf1c0ba1 RS |
1847 | /* This is used for debugging, to turn off note_mouse_highlight. */ |
1848 | static int disable_mouse_highlight; | |
1849 | ||
b8009dd1 RS |
1850 | /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on frame F |
1851 | as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face properties. | |
27f338af RS |
1852 | Also dehighlighting chars where the mouse was before. |
1853 | X and Y can be negative or out of range. */ | |
b8009dd1 RS |
1854 | |
1855 | static void | |
1856 | note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y) | |
1857 | FRAME_PTR f; | |
1858 | { | |
1859 | int row, column, portion; | |
1860 | XRectangle new_glyph; | |
1861 | Lisp_Object window; | |
1862 | struct window *w; | |
1863 | ||
bf1c0ba1 RS |
1864 | if (disable_mouse_highlight) |
1865 | return; | |
1866 | ||
b8009dd1 RS |
1867 | mouse_face_mouse_x = x; |
1868 | mouse_face_mouse_y = y; | |
1869 | mouse_face_mouse_frame = f; | |
1870 | ||
1871 | if (mouse_face_defer) | |
1872 | return; | |
1873 | ||
514e4681 RS |
1874 | if (gc_in_progress) |
1875 | { | |
1876 | mouse_face_deferred_gc = 1; | |
1877 | return; | |
1878 | } | |
1879 | ||
b8009dd1 RS |
1880 | /* Find out which glyph the mouse is on. */ |
1881 | pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, x, y, &column, &row, | |
1882 | &new_glyph, x_mouse_grabbed); | |
1883 | ||
1884 | /* Which window is that in? */ | |
1885 | window = window_from_coordinates (f, column, row, &portion); | |
1886 | w = XWINDOW (window); | |
1887 | ||
1888 | /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */ | |
1889 | if (! EQ (window, mouse_face_window)) | |
1890 | clear_mouse_face (); | |
1891 | ||
0cdd0c9f RS |
1892 | /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date? |
1893 | And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */ | |
27f338af RS |
1894 | if (WINDOWP (window) && portion == 0 && row >= 0 && column >= 0 |
1895 | && row < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) && column < FRAME_WIDTH (f) | |
0cdd0c9f RS |
1896 | && EQ (w->window_end_valid, w->buffer) |
1897 | && w->last_modified == BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))) | |
b8009dd1 RS |
1898 | { |
1899 | int *ptr = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[row]; | |
1900 | int i, pos; | |
1901 | ||
1902 | /* Find which buffer position the mouse corresponds to. */ | |
1903 | for (i = column; i >= 0; i--) | |
1904 | if (ptr[i] > 0) | |
1905 | break; | |
1906 | pos = ptr[i]; | |
1907 | /* Is it outside the displayed active region (if any)? */ | |
55836b73 KH |
1908 | if (pos <= 0) |
1909 | clear_mouse_face (); | |
1910 | else if (! (EQ (window, mouse_face_window) | |
3b506386 KH |
1911 | && row >= mouse_face_beg_row |
1912 | && row <= mouse_face_end_row | |
1913 | && (row > mouse_face_beg_row || column >= mouse_face_beg_col) | |
4d73d038 RS |
1914 | && (row < mouse_face_end_row || column < mouse_face_end_col |
1915 | || mouse_face_past_end))) | |
b8009dd1 RS |
1916 | { |
1917 | Lisp_Object mouse_face, overlay, position; | |
1918 | Lisp_Object *overlay_vec; | |
1919 | int len, noverlays, ignor1; | |
f8bdb8e6 | 1920 | struct buffer *obuf; |
e444162e | 1921 | int obegv, ozv; |
f8bdb8e6 | 1922 | |
e444162e RS |
1923 | /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */ |
1924 | if (pos > BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer))) | |
f8bdb8e6 | 1925 | return; |
b8009dd1 | 1926 | |
09fe4c31 RS |
1927 | /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for |
1928 | overlays_at and compute_char_face. */ | |
f8bdb8e6 | 1929 | obuf = current_buffer; |
09fe4c31 | 1930 | current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); |
e444162e RS |
1931 | obegv = BEGV; |
1932 | ozv = ZV; | |
1933 | BEGV = BEG; | |
1934 | ZV = Z; | |
09fe4c31 | 1935 | |
b8009dd1 RS |
1936 | /* Yes. Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */ |
1937 | clear_mouse_face (); | |
1938 | ||
1939 | /* Is this char mouse-active? */ | |
e0c1aef2 | 1940 | XSETINT (position, pos); |
b8009dd1 RS |
1941 | |
1942 | len = 10; | |
1943 | overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) xmalloc (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object)); | |
1944 | ||
1945 | /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec. | |
1946 | Store the length in len. */ | |
7965883b RS |
1947 | noverlays = overlays_at (XINT (pos), 1, &overlay_vec, &len, |
1948 | NULL, NULL); | |
09fe4c31 | 1949 | noverlays = sort_overlays (overlay_vec, noverlays, w); |
b8009dd1 RS |
1950 | |
1951 | /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face prop. */ | |
1952 | overlay = Qnil; | |
1953 | for (i = 0; i < noverlays; i++) | |
1954 | { | |
1955 | mouse_face = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qmouse_face); | |
1956 | if (!NILP (mouse_face)) | |
1957 | { | |
1958 | overlay = overlay_vec[i]; | |
1959 | break; | |
1960 | } | |
1961 | } | |
1962 | free (overlay_vec); | |
1963 | /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */ | |
1964 | if (NILP (overlay)) | |
1965 | mouse_face = Fget_text_property (position, Qmouse_face, w->buffer); | |
1966 | ||
1967 | /* Handle the overlay case. */ | |
1968 | if (! NILP (overlay)) | |
1969 | { | |
1970 | /* Find the range of text around this char that | |
1971 | should be active. */ | |
1972 | Lisp_Object before, after; | |
1973 | int ignore; | |
1974 | ||
1975 | before = Foverlay_start (overlay); | |
1976 | after = Foverlay_end (overlay); | |
1977 | /* Record this as the current active region. */ | |
4d73d038 RS |
1978 | fast_find_position (window, before, &mouse_face_beg_col, |
1979 | &mouse_face_beg_row); | |
1980 | mouse_face_past_end | |
1981 | = !fast_find_position (window, after, &mouse_face_end_col, | |
1982 | &mouse_face_end_row); | |
b8009dd1 RS |
1983 | mouse_face_window = window; |
1984 | mouse_face_face_id = compute_char_face (f, w, pos, 0, 0, | |
1985 | &ignore, pos + 1, 1); | |
1986 | ||
1987 | /* Display it as active. */ | |
1988 | show_mouse_face (1); | |
1989 | } | |
1990 | /* Handle the text property case. */ | |
1991 | else if (! NILP (mouse_face)) | |
1992 | { | |
1993 | /* Find the range of text around this char that | |
1994 | should be active. */ | |
1995 | Lisp_Object before, after, beginning, end; | |
1996 | int ignore; | |
1997 | ||
1998 | beginning = Fmarker_position (w->start); | |
e0c1aef2 KH |
1999 | XSETINT (end, (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) |
2000 | - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))); | |
b8009dd1 RS |
2001 | before |
2002 | = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1), | |
2003 | Qmouse_face, | |
2004 | w->buffer, beginning); | |
2005 | after | |
2006 | = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face, | |
2007 | w->buffer, end); | |
2008 | /* Record this as the current active region. */ | |
4d73d038 RS |
2009 | fast_find_position (window, before, &mouse_face_beg_col, |
2010 | &mouse_face_beg_row); | |
2011 | mouse_face_past_end | |
2012 | = !fast_find_position (window, after, &mouse_face_end_col, | |
2013 | &mouse_face_end_row); | |
b8009dd1 RS |
2014 | mouse_face_window = window; |
2015 | mouse_face_face_id | |
2016 | = compute_char_face (f, w, pos, 0, 0, | |
2017 | &ignore, pos + 1, 1); | |
2018 | ||
2019 | /* Display it as active. */ | |
2020 | show_mouse_face (1); | |
2021 | } | |
e444162e RS |
2022 | BEGV = obegv; |
2023 | ZV = ozv; | |
09fe4c31 | 2024 | current_buffer = obuf; |
b8009dd1 | 2025 | } |
b8009dd1 RS |
2026 | } |
2027 | } | |
2028 | \f | |
2029 | /* Find the row and column of position POS in window WINDOW. | |
2030 | Store them in *COLUMNP and *ROWP. | |
bf1c0ba1 RS |
2031 | This assumes display in WINDOW is up to date. |
2032 | If POS is above start of WINDOW, return coords | |
2033 | of start of first screen line. | |
4d73d038 RS |
2034 | If POS is after end of WINDOW, return coords of end of last screen line. |
2035 | ||
2036 | Value is 1 if POS is in range, 0 if it was off screen. */ | |
b8009dd1 RS |
2037 | |
2038 | static int | |
2039 | fast_find_position (window, pos, columnp, rowp) | |
2040 | Lisp_Object window; | |
2041 | int pos; | |
2042 | int *columnp, *rowp; | |
2043 | { | |
2044 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (window); | |
2045 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); | |
2046 | int i; | |
4d73d038 | 2047 | int row = 0; |
b8009dd1 RS |
2048 | int left = w->left; |
2049 | int top = w->top; | |
2050 | int height = XFASTINT (w->height) - ! MINI_WINDOW_P (w); | |
2051 | int width = window_internal_width (w); | |
2052 | int *charstarts; | |
bf1c0ba1 | 2053 | int lastcol; |
b8009dd1 | 2054 | |
4d73d038 | 2055 | /* Find the right row. */ |
b8009dd1 RS |
2056 | for (i = 0; |
2057 | i < height; | |
2058 | i++) | |
2059 | { | |
2060 | int linestart = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[top + i][left]; | |
2061 | if (linestart > pos) | |
2062 | break; | |
2063 | if (linestart > 0) | |
2064 | row = i; | |
2065 | } | |
2066 | ||
4d73d038 | 2067 | /* Find the right column with in it. */ |
b8009dd1 | 2068 | charstarts = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[top + row]; |
bf1c0ba1 | 2069 | lastcol = left; |
b8009dd1 | 2070 | for (i = 0; i < width; i++) |
bf1c0ba1 RS |
2071 | { |
2072 | if (charstarts[left + i] == pos) | |
2073 | { | |
2074 | *rowp = row + top; | |
2075 | *columnp = i + left; | |
2076 | return 1; | |
2077 | } | |
2078 | else if (charstarts[left + i] > pos) | |
4d73d038 RS |
2079 | break; |
2080 | else if (charstarts[left + i] > 0) | |
bf1c0ba1 RS |
2081 | lastcol = left + i; |
2082 | } | |
b8009dd1 | 2083 | |
bf1c0ba1 RS |
2084 | *rowp = row + top; |
2085 | *columnp = lastcol; | |
b8009dd1 RS |
2086 | return 0; |
2087 | } | |
2088 | ||
2089 | /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_* | |
2090 | in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */ | |
2091 | ||
2092 | static void | |
2093 | show_mouse_face (hl) | |
2094 | int hl; | |
2095 | { | |
b8009dd1 RS |
2096 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (mouse_face_window); |
2097 | int width = window_internal_width (w); | |
2098 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); | |
2099 | int i; | |
514e4681 | 2100 | int cursor_off = 0; |
fb3b7de5 RS |
2101 | int old_curs_x = curs_x; |
2102 | int old_curs_y = curs_y; | |
2103 | ||
2104 | /* Set these variables temporarily | |
2105 | so that if we have to turn the cursor off and on again | |
2106 | we will put it back at the same place. */ | |
2107 | curs_x = f->phys_cursor_x; | |
2108 | curs_y = f->phys_cursor_y; | |
b8009dd1 | 2109 | |
3b506386 | 2110 | for (i = mouse_face_beg_row; i <= mouse_face_end_row; i++) |
b8009dd1 | 2111 | { |
3b506386 KH |
2112 | int column = (i == mouse_face_beg_row ? mouse_face_beg_col : w->left); |
2113 | int endcolumn = (i == mouse_face_end_row ? mouse_face_end_col : w->left + width); | |
6f4c2453 | 2114 | endcolumn = min (endcolumn, FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->used[i]); |
514e4681 RS |
2115 | |
2116 | /* If the cursor's in the text we are about to rewrite, | |
2117 | turn the cursor off. */ | |
2118 | if (i == curs_y | |
3b506386 | 2119 | && curs_x >= mouse_face_beg_col - 1 && curs_x <= mouse_face_end_col) |
514e4681 RS |
2120 | { |
2121 | x_display_cursor (f, 0); | |
2122 | cursor_off = 1; | |
2123 | } | |
b8009dd1 RS |
2124 | |
2125 | dumpglyphs (f, | |
2126 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, column), | |
2127 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i), | |
2128 | FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[i] + column, | |
2129 | endcolumn - column, | |
2130 | /* Highlight with mouse face if hl > 0. */ | |
0cdd0c9f | 2131 | hl > 0 ? 3 : 0, 0); |
b8009dd1 RS |
2132 | } |
2133 | ||
514e4681 RS |
2134 | /* If we turned the cursor off, turn it back on. */ |
2135 | if (cursor_off) | |
2136 | x_display_cursor (f, 1); | |
27ead1d5 | 2137 | |
fb3b7de5 RS |
2138 | curs_x = old_curs_x; |
2139 | curs_y = old_curs_y; | |
2140 | ||
27ead1d5 FP |
2141 | /* Change the mouse cursor according to the value of HL. */ |
2142 | if (hl > 0) | |
2143 | XDefineCursor (XDISPLAY FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), f->display.x->cross_cursor); | |
2144 | else | |
2145 | XDefineCursor (XDISPLAY FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), f->display.x->text_cursor); | |
b8009dd1 RS |
2146 | } |
2147 | ||
2148 | /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region. | |
2149 | Redraw it unhighlighted first. */ | |
2150 | ||
2151 | static void | |
2152 | clear_mouse_face () | |
2153 | { | |
2154 | if (! NILP (mouse_face_window)) | |
2155 | show_mouse_face (0); | |
2156 | ||
3b506386 KH |
2157 | mouse_face_beg_row = mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
2158 | mouse_face_end_row = mouse_face_end_col = -1; | |
b8009dd1 RS |
2159 | mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
2160 | } | |
2161 | \f | |
ab648270 JB |
2162 | static struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar (); |
2163 | static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (); | |
12ba150f | 2164 | |
90e65f07 JB |
2165 | /* Return the current position of the mouse. |
2166 | ||
ab648270 JB |
2167 | If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *f, *bar_window, |
2168 | and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse | |
12ba150f | 2169 | is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's |
ab648270 | 2170 | position on the scroll bar. |
12ba150f JB |
2171 | |
2172 | If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *f to the frame the | |
2173 | mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell | |
2174 | the mouse is over. | |
2175 | ||
2176 | Set *time to the server timestamp for the time at which the mouse | |
2177 | was at this position. | |
2178 | ||
a135645a RS |
2179 | Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report. |
2180 | ||
90e65f07 | 2181 | This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse |
12ba150f JB |
2182 | movement. This also calls XQueryPointer, which will cause the |
2183 | server to give us another MotionNotify when the mouse moves | |
2184 | again. */ | |
90e65f07 JB |
2185 | |
2186 | static void | |
12ba150f | 2187 | XTmouse_position (f, bar_window, part, x, y, time) |
472895ad | 2188 | FRAME_PTR *f; |
12ba150f | 2189 | Lisp_Object *bar_window; |
ab648270 | 2190 | enum scroll_bar_part *part; |
90e65f07 | 2191 | Lisp_Object *x, *y; |
e5d77022 | 2192 | unsigned long *time; |
90e65f07 | 2193 | { |
a135645a RS |
2194 | FRAME_PTR f1; |
2195 | ||
90e65f07 JB |
2196 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
2197 | ||
ab648270 JB |
2198 | if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar)) |
2199 | x_scroll_bar_report_motion (f, bar_window, part, x, y, time); | |
90e65f07 JB |
2200 | else |
2201 | { | |
12ba150f JB |
2202 | Window root; |
2203 | int root_x, root_y; | |
90e65f07 | 2204 | |
12ba150f JB |
2205 | Window dummy_window; |
2206 | int dummy; | |
2207 | ||
2208 | mouse_moved = 0; | |
ab648270 | 2209 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
12ba150f JB |
2210 | |
2211 | /* Figure out which root window we're on. */ | |
2212 | XQueryPointer (x_current_display, | |
2213 | DefaultRootWindow (x_current_display), | |
2214 | ||
2215 | /* The root window which contains the pointer. */ | |
2216 | &root, | |
2217 | ||
2218 | /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on | |
2219 | a different screen. */ | |
2220 | &dummy_window, | |
2221 | ||
2222 | /* The position on that root window. */ | |
2223 | &root_x, &root_y, | |
2224 | ||
2225 | /* More trash we can't trust. */ | |
2226 | &dummy, &dummy, | |
2227 | ||
2228 | /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which | |
2229 | we don't care. */ | |
2230 | (unsigned int *) &dummy); | |
2231 | ||
2232 | /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window | |
2233 | containing the pointer. */ | |
2234 | { | |
2235 | Window win, child; | |
2236 | int win_x, win_y; | |
2237 | int parent_x, parent_y; | |
2238 | ||
2239 | win = root; | |
69388238 | 2240 | |
23faf38f RS |
2241 | if (x_mouse_grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
2242 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) | |
12ba150f | 2243 | { |
69388238 RS |
2244 | /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame |
2245 | even if the mouse is now outside it. */ | |
12ba150f | 2246 | XTranslateCoordinates (x_current_display, |
69388238 | 2247 | |
12ba150f | 2248 | /* From-window, to-window. */ |
69388238 | 2249 | root, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame), |
12ba150f JB |
2250 | |
2251 | /* From-position, to-position. */ | |
2252 | root_x, root_y, &win_x, &win_y, | |
2253 | ||
2254 | /* Child of win. */ | |
2255 | &child); | |
69388238 RS |
2256 | f1 = last_mouse_frame; |
2257 | } | |
2258 | else | |
2259 | { | |
2260 | while (1) | |
2261 | { | |
2262 | XTranslateCoordinates (x_current_display, | |
12ba150f | 2263 | |
69388238 RS |
2264 | /* From-window, to-window. */ |
2265 | root, win, | |
12ba150f | 2266 | |
69388238 RS |
2267 | /* From-position, to-position. */ |
2268 | root_x, root_y, &win_x, &win_y, | |
2269 | ||
2270 | /* Child of win. */ | |
2271 | &child); | |
2272 | ||
2273 | if (child == None) | |
2274 | break; | |
2275 | ||
2276 | win = child; | |
2277 | parent_x = win_x; | |
2278 | parent_y = win_y; | |
2279 | } | |
12ba150f | 2280 | |
69388238 RS |
2281 | /* Now we know that: |
2282 | win is the innermost window containing the pointer | |
2283 | (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer), | |
2284 | win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it | |
2285 | (XTC did this the last time through), and | |
2286 | parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent. | |
2287 | (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child. | |
2288 | If win is the root window, it has no parent, and | |
2289 | parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll | |
2290 | never use them in that case.) */ | |
2291 | ||
2292 | /* Is win one of our frames? */ | |
2b5c9e71 | 2293 | f1 = x_any_window_to_frame (win); |
69388238 | 2294 | } |
12ba150f | 2295 | |
ab648270 | 2296 | /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */ |
a135645a | 2297 | if (! f1) |
12ba150f | 2298 | { |
ab648270 | 2299 | struct scroll_bar *bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar (win); |
12ba150f JB |
2300 | |
2301 | if (bar) | |
2302 | { | |
a135645a | 2303 | f1 = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
12ba150f JB |
2304 | win_x = parent_x; |
2305 | win_y = parent_y; | |
2306 | } | |
2307 | } | |
90e65f07 | 2308 | |
a135645a | 2309 | if (f1) |
12ba150f | 2310 | { |
2b5c9e71 RS |
2311 | int ignore1, ignore2; |
2312 | ||
2313 | /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values. */ | |
a135645a | 2314 | |
2b5c9e71 | 2315 | pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1, win_x, win_y, &ignore1, &ignore2, |
69388238 | 2316 | &last_mouse_glyph, x_mouse_grabbed); |
12ba150f JB |
2317 | |
2318 | *bar_window = Qnil; | |
2319 | *part = 0; | |
a135645a | 2320 | *f = f1; |
e0c1aef2 KH |
2321 | XSETINT (*x, win_x); |
2322 | XSETINT (*y, win_y); | |
12ba150f JB |
2323 | *time = last_mouse_movement_time; |
2324 | } | |
2325 | } | |
2326 | } | |
90e65f07 JB |
2327 | |
2328 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
2329 | } | |
c118dd06 | 2330 | \f |
ab648270 | 2331 | /* Scroll bar support. */ |
f451eb13 | 2332 | |
ab648270 JB |
2333 | /* Given an X window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it. |
2334 | This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark | |
2335 | bits. */ | |
2336 | static struct scroll_bar * | |
2337 | x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id) | |
f451eb13 JB |
2338 | Window window_id; |
2339 | { | |
2340 | Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
f451eb13 | 2341 | |
ab648270 JB |
2342 | for (tail = Vframe_list; |
2343 | XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons; | |
2344 | tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr) | |
f451eb13 | 2345 | { |
abdda982 | 2346 | Lisp_Object frame, bar, condemned; |
f451eb13 | 2347 | |
abdda982 | 2348 | frame = XCONS (tail)->car; |
f451eb13 | 2349 | /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */ |
ab648270 | 2350 | if (XGCTYPE (frame) != Lisp_Frame) |
f451eb13 JB |
2351 | abort (); |
2352 | ||
ab648270 | 2353 | /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the |
f451eb13 | 2354 | right window ID. */ |
ab648270 JB |
2355 | condemned = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame)); |
2356 | for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame)); | |
cf7cb199 | 2357 | /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and |
ab648270 JB |
2358 | condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */ |
2359 | ! GC_NILP (bar) || (bar = condemned, | |
2360 | condemned = Qnil, | |
2361 | ! GC_NILP (bar)); | |
bc20ebbf | 2362 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next) |
ab648270 JB |
2363 | if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)) == window_id) |
2364 | return XSCROLL_BAR (bar); | |
f451eb13 JB |
2365 | } |
2366 | ||
2367 | return 0; | |
2368 | } | |
2369 | ||
ab648270 JB |
2370 | /* Open a new X window to serve as a scroll bar, and return the |
2371 | scroll bar vector for it. */ | |
2372 | static struct scroll_bar * | |
2373 | x_scroll_bar_create (window, top, left, width, height) | |
12ba150f | 2374 | struct window *window; |
f451eb13 JB |
2375 | int top, left, width, height; |
2376 | { | |
12ba150f | 2377 | FRAME_PTR frame = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window)); |
ab648270 JB |
2378 | struct scroll_bar *bar = |
2379 | XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil)); | |
f451eb13 JB |
2380 | |
2381 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
2382 | ||
2383 | { | |
2384 | XSetWindowAttributes a; | |
2385 | unsigned long mask; | |
12ba150f JB |
2386 | a.background_pixel = frame->display.x->background_pixel; |
2387 | a.event_mask = (ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | |
9a572e2a | 2388 | | ButtonMotionMask | PointerMotionHintMask |
12ba150f | 2389 | | ExposureMask); |
ab648270 | 2390 | a.cursor = x_vertical_scroll_bar_cursor; |
f451eb13 | 2391 | |
dbc4e1c1 | 2392 | mask = (CWBackPixel | CWEventMask | CWCursor); |
f451eb13 | 2393 | |
3afe33e7 RS |
2394 | #if 0 |
2395 | ||
2396 | ac = 0; | |
2397 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNx, left); ac++; | |
2398 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNy, top); ac++; | |
2399 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNwidth, width); ac++; | |
2400 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNheight, height); ac++; | |
2401 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNborderWidth, 0); ac++; | |
2402 | sb_widget = XtCreateManagedWidget ("box", | |
7246d1d3 KH |
2403 | boxWidgetClass, |
2404 | frame->display.x->edit_widget, al, ac); | |
2405 | SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW | |
3afe33e7 RS |
2406 | (bar, sb_widget->core.window); |
2407 | #endif | |
7246d1d3 | 2408 | SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW |
12ba150f JB |
2409 | (bar, |
2410 | XCreateWindow (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame), | |
f451eb13 | 2411 | |
ab648270 | 2412 | /* Position and size of scroll bar. */ |
12ba150f | 2413 | left, top, width, height, |
f451eb13 | 2414 | |
12ba150f JB |
2415 | /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */ |
2416 | 0, CopyFromParent, CopyFromParent, CopyFromParent, | |
f451eb13 | 2417 | |
12ba150f JB |
2418 | /* Attributes. */ |
2419 | mask, &a)); | |
f451eb13 JB |
2420 | } |
2421 | ||
e0c1aef2 KH |
2422 | XSETWINDOW (bar->window, window); |
2423 | XSETINT (bar->top, top); | |
2424 | XSETINT (bar->left, left); | |
2425 | XSETINT (bar->width, width); | |
2426 | XSETINT (bar->height, height); | |
2427 | XSETINT (bar->start, 0); | |
2428 | XSETINT (bar->end, 0); | |
12ba150f | 2429 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
f451eb13 JB |
2430 | |
2431 | /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */ | |
ab648270 | 2432 | bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame); |
12ba150f | 2433 | bar->prev = Qnil; |
e0c1aef2 | 2434 | XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame), bar); |
12ba150f | 2435 | if (! NILP (bar->next)) |
e0c1aef2 | 2436 | XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); |
f451eb13 | 2437 | |
ab648270 | 2438 | XMapWindow (x_current_display, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar)); |
f451eb13 JB |
2439 | |
2440 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
12ba150f JB |
2441 | |
2442 | return bar; | |
f451eb13 JB |
2443 | } |
2444 | ||
12ba150f JB |
2445 | /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position. |
2446 | If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother | |
2447 | redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always | |
2448 | redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose | |
2449 | events.) | |
2450 | ||
2451 | Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to | |
ab648270 | 2452 | fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll bar |
12ba150f JB |
2453 | handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that the |
2454 | bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way to | |
2455 | move to the very end of the buffer. */ | |
f451eb13 | 2456 | static void |
ab648270 JB |
2457 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, rebuild) |
2458 | struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
f451eb13 | 2459 | int start, end; |
12ba150f | 2460 | int rebuild; |
f451eb13 | 2461 | { |
12ba150f | 2462 | int dragging = ! NILP (bar->dragging); |
ab648270 | 2463 | Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar); |
12ba150f JB |
2464 | GC gc = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)))->display.x->normal_gc; |
2465 | ||
2466 | /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */ | |
2467 | if (! rebuild | |
2468 | && start == XINT (bar->start) | |
2469 | && end == XINT (bar->end)) | |
2470 | return; | |
2471 | ||
f451eb13 JB |
2472 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
2473 | ||
2474 | { | |
ab648270 JB |
2475 | int inside_width = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (XINT (bar->width)); |
2476 | int inside_height = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (XINT (bar->height)); | |
2477 | int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)); | |
f451eb13 JB |
2478 | |
2479 | /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve | |
2480 | the distance between start and end. */ | |
12ba150f JB |
2481 | { |
2482 | int length = end - start; | |
2483 | ||
2484 | if (start < 0) | |
2485 | start = 0; | |
2486 | else if (start > top_range) | |
2487 | start = top_range; | |
2488 | end = start + length; | |
2489 | ||
2490 | if (end < start) | |
2491 | end = start; | |
2492 | else if (end > top_range && ! dragging) | |
2493 | end = top_range; | |
2494 | } | |
f451eb13 | 2495 | |
ab648270 | 2496 | /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */ |
e0c1aef2 KH |
2497 | XSETINT (bar->start, start); |
2498 | XSETINT (bar->end, end); | |
f451eb13 | 2499 | |
12ba150f JB |
2500 | /* Clip the end position, just for display. */ |
2501 | if (end > top_range) | |
2502 | end = top_range; | |
f451eb13 | 2503 | |
ab648270 | 2504 | /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels |
12ba150f JB |
2505 | below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least |
2506 | that many pixels tall. */ | |
ab648270 | 2507 | end += VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
f451eb13 | 2508 | |
12ba150f JB |
2509 | /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear |
2510 | zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */ | |
2511 | if (0 < start) | |
2512 | XClearArea (x_current_display, w, | |
f451eb13 | 2513 | |
12ba150f | 2514 | /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */ |
ab648270 JB |
2515 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER, |
2516 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER, | |
12ba150f JB |
2517 | inside_width, start, |
2518 | False); | |
f451eb13 | 2519 | |
12ba150f JB |
2520 | /* Draw the handle itself. */ |
2521 | XFillRectangle (x_current_display, w, gc, | |
f451eb13 | 2522 | |
12ba150f | 2523 | /* x, y, width, height */ |
ab648270 JB |
2524 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER, |
2525 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER + start, | |
12ba150f | 2526 | inside_width, end - start); |
f451eb13 | 2527 | |
f451eb13 | 2528 | |
12ba150f JB |
2529 | /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't |
2530 | clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */ | |
2531 | if (end < inside_height) | |
2532 | XClearArea (x_current_display, w, | |
f451eb13 | 2533 | |
12ba150f | 2534 | /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */ |
ab648270 JB |
2535 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER, |
2536 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER + end, | |
12ba150f JB |
2537 | inside_width, inside_height - end, |
2538 | False); | |
f451eb13 | 2539 | |
f451eb13 JB |
2540 | } |
2541 | ||
f451eb13 JB |
2542 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
2543 | } | |
2544 | ||
eb8c3be9 | 2545 | /* Move a scroll bar around on the screen, to accommodate changing |
12ba150f | 2546 | window configurations. */ |
f451eb13 | 2547 | static void |
ab648270 JB |
2548 | x_scroll_bar_move (bar, top, left, width, height) |
2549 | struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
f451eb13 JB |
2550 | int top, left, width, height; |
2551 | { | |
2552 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
2553 | ||
2554 | { | |
2555 | XWindowChanges wc; | |
2556 | unsigned int mask = 0; | |
2557 | ||
2558 | wc.x = left; | |
2559 | wc.y = top; | |
2560 | wc.width = width; | |
2561 | wc.height = height; | |
2562 | ||
12ba150f JB |
2563 | if (left != XINT (bar->left)) mask |= CWX; |
2564 | if (top != XINT (bar->top)) mask |= CWY; | |
2565 | if (width != XINT (bar->width)) mask |= CWWidth; | |
2566 | if (height != XINT (bar->height)) mask |= CWHeight; | |
2567 | ||
2568 | if (mask) | |
ab648270 | 2569 | XConfigureWindow (x_current_display, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar), |
12ba150f | 2570 | mask, &wc); |
f451eb13 JB |
2571 | } |
2572 | ||
e0c1aef2 KH |
2573 | XSETINT (bar->left, left); |
2574 | XSETINT (bar->top, top); | |
2575 | XSETINT (bar->width, width); | |
2576 | XSETINT (bar->height, height); | |
12ba150f | 2577 | |
f451eb13 JB |
2578 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
2579 | } | |
2580 | ||
ab648270 | 2581 | /* Destroy the X window for BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar |
12ba150f JB |
2582 | to nil. */ |
2583 | static void | |
ab648270 JB |
2584 | x_scroll_bar_remove (bar) |
2585 | struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
12ba150f JB |
2586 | { |
2587 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); | |
2588 | ||
2589 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
2590 | ||
2591 | /* Destroy the window. */ | |
ab648270 | 2592 | XDestroyWindow (x_current_display, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar)); |
12ba150f | 2593 | |
ab648270 JB |
2594 | /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */ |
2595 | XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil; | |
12ba150f JB |
2596 | |
2597 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
2598 | } | |
2599 | ||
2600 | /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate | |
2601 | that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE | |
ab648270 | 2602 | characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar, |
12ba150f JB |
2603 | create one. */ |
2604 | static void | |
ab648270 | 2605 | XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (window, portion, whole, position) |
f451eb13 JB |
2606 | struct window *window; |
2607 | int portion, whole, position; | |
2608 | { | |
2609 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window)); | |
f451eb13 | 2610 | int top = XINT (window->top); |
ab648270 JB |
2611 | int left = WINDOW_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_COLUMN (window); |
2612 | int height = WINDOW_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (window); | |
f451eb13 | 2613 | |
ab648270 | 2614 | /* Where should this scroll bar be, pixelwise? */ |
12ba150f JB |
2615 | int pixel_top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, top); |
2616 | int pixel_left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, left); | |
b2cad826 KH |
2617 | int pixel_width |
2618 | = (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0 | |
2619 | ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) | |
2620 | : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font))); | |
ab648270 | 2621 | int pixel_height = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, height); |
f451eb13 | 2622 | |
ab648270 | 2623 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
12ba150f | 2624 | |
ab648270 JB |
2625 | /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */ |
2626 | if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar)) | |
2627 | bar = x_scroll_bar_create (window, | |
f451eb13 JB |
2628 | pixel_top, pixel_left, |
2629 | pixel_width, pixel_height); | |
2630 | else | |
12ba150f JB |
2631 | { |
2632 | /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */ | |
ab648270 JB |
2633 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar); |
2634 | x_scroll_bar_move (bar, pixel_top, pixel_left, pixel_width, pixel_height); | |
12ba150f | 2635 | } |
f451eb13 | 2636 | |
ab648270 | 2637 | /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being |
f451eb13 | 2638 | dragged. */ |
12ba150f | 2639 | if (NILP (bar->dragging)) |
f451eb13 | 2640 | { |
12ba150f | 2641 | int top_range = |
ab648270 | 2642 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (pixel_height); |
f451eb13 | 2643 | |
12ba150f | 2644 | if (whole == 0) |
ab648270 | 2645 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, 0, top_range, 0); |
12ba150f JB |
2646 | else |
2647 | { | |
43f868f5 JB |
2648 | int start = ((double) position * top_range) / whole; |
2649 | int end = ((double) (position + portion) * top_range) / whole; | |
12ba150f | 2650 | |
ab648270 | 2651 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, 0); |
12ba150f | 2652 | } |
f451eb13 JB |
2653 | } |
2654 | ||
e0c1aef2 | 2655 | XSETVECTOR (window->vertical_scroll_bar, bar); |
f451eb13 JB |
2656 | } |
2657 | ||
12ba150f | 2658 | |
f451eb13 | 2659 | /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough |
ab648270 | 2660 | redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars |
f451eb13 | 2661 | are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go |
12ba150f JB |
2662 | away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys |
2663 | and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay | |
ab648270 | 2664 | that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar |
12ba150f | 2665 | from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */ |
f451eb13 | 2666 | |
ab648270 JB |
2667 | /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call |
2668 | to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if | |
2669 | `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgement. */ | |
f451eb13 | 2670 | static void |
ab648270 | 2671 | XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame) |
f451eb13 JB |
2672 | FRAME_PTR frame; |
2673 | { | |
12ba150f JB |
2674 | /* The condemned list should be empty at this point; if it's not, |
2675 | then the rest of Emacs isn't using the condemn/redeem/judge | |
2676 | protocol correctly. */ | |
ab648270 | 2677 | if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))) |
12ba150f JB |
2678 | abort (); |
2679 | ||
2680 | /* Move them all to the "condemned" list. */ | |
ab648270 JB |
2681 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame); |
2682 | FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = Qnil; | |
f451eb13 JB |
2683 | } |
2684 | ||
ab648270 | 2685 | /* Unmark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgement cycle. |
12ba150f | 2686 | Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */ |
f451eb13 | 2687 | static void |
ab648270 | 2688 | XTredeem_scroll_bar (window) |
12ba150f | 2689 | struct window *window; |
f451eb13 | 2690 | { |
ab648270 | 2691 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
12ba150f | 2692 | |
ab648270 JB |
2693 | /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */ |
2694 | if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar)) | |
12ba150f JB |
2695 | abort (); |
2696 | ||
ab648270 | 2697 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar); |
12ba150f JB |
2698 | |
2699 | /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */ | |
2700 | { | |
2701 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window)); | |
2702 | ||
2703 | if (NILP (bar->prev)) | |
2704 | { | |
2705 | /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of | |
2706 | the lists. */ | |
ab648270 | 2707 | if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
12ba150f JB |
2708 | /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */ |
2709 | return; | |
ab648270 JB |
2710 | else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f), |
2711 | window->vertical_scroll_bar)) | |
2712 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next; | |
12ba150f JB |
2713 | else |
2714 | /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of | |
2715 | one or the other! */ | |
2716 | abort (); | |
2717 | } | |
2718 | else | |
ab648270 | 2719 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next; |
12ba150f JB |
2720 | |
2721 | if (! NILP (bar->next)) | |
ab648270 | 2722 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev; |
12ba150f | 2723 | |
ab648270 | 2724 | bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
12ba150f | 2725 | bar->prev = Qnil; |
e0c1aef2 | 2726 | XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar); |
12ba150f | 2727 | if (! NILP (bar->next)) |
e0c1aef2 | 2728 | XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); |
12ba150f | 2729 | } |
f451eb13 JB |
2730 | } |
2731 | ||
ab648270 JB |
2732 | /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the |
2733 | last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */ | |
f451eb13 | 2734 | static void |
ab648270 | 2735 | XTjudge_scroll_bars (f) |
12ba150f | 2736 | FRAME_PTR f; |
f451eb13 | 2737 | { |
12ba150f | 2738 | Lisp_Object bar, next; |
f451eb13 | 2739 | |
ab648270 | 2740 | bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
cf7cb199 JB |
2741 | |
2742 | /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any | |
ab648270 JB |
2743 | more events on the hapless scroll bars. */ |
2744 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil; | |
cf7cb199 JB |
2745 | |
2746 | for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next) | |
f451eb13 | 2747 | { |
ab648270 | 2748 | struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar); |
12ba150f | 2749 | |
ab648270 | 2750 | x_scroll_bar_remove (b); |
12ba150f JB |
2751 | |
2752 | next = b->next; | |
2753 | b->next = b->prev = Qnil; | |
f451eb13 | 2754 | } |
12ba150f | 2755 | |
ab648270 | 2756 | /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars, |
12ba150f | 2757 | and they should get garbage-collected. */ |
f451eb13 JB |
2758 | } |
2759 | ||
2760 | ||
ab648270 JB |
2761 | /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. |
2762 | ||
2763 | This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC | |
2764 | mark bits. */ | |
f451eb13 | 2765 | static void |
ab648270 JB |
2766 | x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, event) |
2767 | struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
f451eb13 JB |
2768 | XEvent *event; |
2769 | { | |
ab648270 | 2770 | Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar); |
12ba150f JB |
2771 | GC gc = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)))->display.x->normal_gc; |
2772 | ||
f451eb13 JB |
2773 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
2774 | ||
ab648270 | 2775 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, XINT (bar->start), XINT (bar->end), 1); |
f451eb13 | 2776 | |
ab648270 | 2777 | /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */ |
12ba150f | 2778 | XDrawRectangle (x_current_display, w, gc, |
f451eb13 JB |
2779 | |
2780 | /* x, y, width, height */ | |
12ba150f | 2781 | 0, 0, XINT (bar->width) - 1, XINT (bar->height) - 1); |
f451eb13 | 2782 | |
f451eb13 JB |
2783 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
2784 | } | |
2785 | ||
ab648270 JB |
2786 | /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind |
2787 | is set to something other than no_event, it is enqueued. | |
2788 | ||
2789 | This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC | |
2790 | mark bits. */ | |
f451eb13 | 2791 | static void |
ab648270 JB |
2792 | x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, event, emacs_event) |
2793 | struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
f451eb13 JB |
2794 | XEvent *event; |
2795 | struct input_event *emacs_event; | |
2796 | { | |
ab648270 | 2797 | if (XGCTYPE (bar->window) != Lisp_Window) |
12ba150f JB |
2798 | abort (); |
2799 | ||
ab648270 | 2800 | emacs_event->kind = scroll_bar_click; |
69388238 | 2801 | emacs_event->code = event->xbutton.button - Button1; |
f451eb13 | 2802 | emacs_event->modifiers = |
dfeccd2d | 2803 | (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (event->xbutton.state) |
f451eb13 JB |
2804 | | (event->type == ButtonRelease |
2805 | ? up_modifier | |
2806 | : down_modifier)); | |
12ba150f | 2807 | emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window; |
f451eb13 | 2808 | emacs_event->timestamp = event->xbutton.time; |
12ba150f JB |
2809 | { |
2810 | int internal_height = | |
ab648270 | 2811 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (XINT (bar->height)); |
12ba150f | 2812 | int top_range = |
ab648270 JB |
2813 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)); |
2814 | int y = event->xbutton.y - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER; | |
12ba150f JB |
2815 | |
2816 | if (y < 0) y = 0; | |
2817 | if (y > top_range) y = top_range; | |
2818 | ||
2819 | if (y < XINT (bar->start)) | |
ab648270 JB |
2820 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_above_handle; |
2821 | else if (y < XINT (bar->end) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE) | |
2822 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle; | |
12ba150f | 2823 | else |
ab648270 | 2824 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_below_handle; |
929787e1 JB |
2825 | |
2826 | /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean | |
5116f055 JB |
2827 | they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide |
2828 | whether or not we're dragging. */ | |
929787e1 | 2829 | #if 0 |
12ba150f JB |
2830 | /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're |
2831 | holding it. */ | |
2832 | if (event->type == ButtonPress | |
ab648270 | 2833 | && emacs_event->part == scroll_bar_handle) |
e0c1aef2 | 2834 | XSETINT (bar->dragging, y - XINT (bar->start)); |
929787e1 | 2835 | #endif |
12ba150f JB |
2836 | |
2837 | /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */ | |
2838 | if (event->type == ButtonRelease | |
2839 | && ! NILP (bar->dragging)) | |
2840 | { | |
2841 | int new_start = y - XINT (bar->dragging); | |
2842 | int new_end = new_start + (XINT (bar->end) - XINT (bar->start)); | |
f451eb13 | 2843 | |
ab648270 | 2844 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, new_start, new_end, 0); |
12ba150f JB |
2845 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
2846 | } | |
f451eb13 | 2847 | |
5116f055 JB |
2848 | /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */ |
2849 | #if 0 | |
eb8c3be9 | 2850 | /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of |
12ba150f | 2851 | the handle. */ |
ab648270 | 2852 | if (emacs_event->part == scroll_bar_handle) |
12ba150f JB |
2853 | emacs_event->x = bar->start; |
2854 | else | |
e0c1aef2 | 2855 | XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y); |
5116f055 | 2856 | #else |
e0c1aef2 | 2857 | XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y); |
5116f055 | 2858 | #endif |
f451eb13 | 2859 | |
e0c1aef2 | 2860 | XSETINT (emacs_event->y, top_range); |
12ba150f JB |
2861 | } |
2862 | } | |
f451eb13 | 2863 | |
ab648270 JB |
2864 | /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar. |
2865 | ||
2866 | This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC | |
2867 | mark bits. */ | |
f451eb13 | 2868 | static void |
ab648270 JB |
2869 | x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, event) |
2870 | struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
f451eb13 JB |
2871 | XEvent *event; |
2872 | { | |
2873 | last_mouse_movement_time = event->xmotion.time; | |
2874 | ||
2875 | mouse_moved = 1; | |
e0c1aef2 | 2876 | XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar, bar); |
f451eb13 JB |
2877 | |
2878 | /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */ | |
ab648270 | 2879 | if (! GC_NILP (bar->dragging)) |
f451eb13 JB |
2880 | { |
2881 | /* Where should the handle be now? */ | |
12ba150f | 2882 | int new_start = event->xmotion.y - XINT (bar->dragging); |
f451eb13 | 2883 | |
12ba150f | 2884 | if (new_start != XINT (bar->start)) |
f451eb13 | 2885 | { |
12ba150f | 2886 | int new_end = new_start + (XINT (bar->end) - XINT (bar->start)); |
f451eb13 | 2887 | |
ab648270 | 2888 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, new_start, new_end, 0); |
f451eb13 JB |
2889 | } |
2890 | } | |
2891 | ||
2892 | /* Call XQueryPointer so we'll get an event the next time the mouse | |
2893 | moves and we can see *still* on the same position. */ | |
2894 | { | |
2895 | int dummy; | |
847e150a | 2896 | Window dummy_window; |
f451eb13 JB |
2897 | |
2898 | XQueryPointer (event->xmotion.display, event->xmotion.window, | |
847e150a | 2899 | &dummy_window, &dummy_window, |
f451eb13 JB |
2900 | &dummy, &dummy, &dummy, &dummy, |
2901 | (unsigned int *) &dummy); | |
2902 | } | |
2903 | } | |
2904 | ||
12ba150f | 2905 | /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse |
ab648270 | 2906 | on the scroll bar. */ |
12ba150f | 2907 | static void |
ab648270 | 2908 | x_scroll_bar_report_motion (f, bar_window, part, x, y, time) |
12ba150f JB |
2909 | FRAME_PTR *f; |
2910 | Lisp_Object *bar_window; | |
ab648270 | 2911 | enum scroll_bar_part *part; |
12ba150f JB |
2912 | Lisp_Object *x, *y; |
2913 | unsigned long *time; | |
2914 | { | |
ab648270 | 2915 | struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar); |
12ba150f | 2916 | int win_x, win_y; |
559cb2fb JB |
2917 | Window dummy_window; |
2918 | int dummy_coord; | |
2919 | unsigned int dummy_mask; | |
12ba150f | 2920 | |
cf7cb199 JB |
2921 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
2922 | ||
ab648270 | 2923 | /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and |
12ba150f | 2924 | report that. */ |
559cb2fb JB |
2925 | if (! XQueryPointer (x_current_display, |
2926 | SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar), | |
12ba150f | 2927 | |
559cb2fb JB |
2928 | /* Root, child, root x and root y. */ |
2929 | &dummy_window, &dummy_window, | |
2930 | &dummy_coord, &dummy_coord, | |
12ba150f | 2931 | |
559cb2fb JB |
2932 | /* Position relative to scroll bar. */ |
2933 | &win_x, &win_y, | |
12ba150f | 2934 | |
559cb2fb JB |
2935 | /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */ |
2936 | &dummy_mask)) | |
2937 | *f = 0; | |
2938 | else | |
2939 | { | |
2940 | int inside_height | |
2941 | = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (XINT (bar->height)); | |
2942 | int top_range | |
2943 | = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)); | |
2944 | ||
2945 | win_y -= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER; | |
2946 | ||
2947 | if (! NILP (bar->dragging)) | |
2948 | win_y -= XINT (bar->dragging); | |
2949 | ||
2950 | if (win_y < 0) | |
2951 | win_y = 0; | |
2952 | if (win_y > top_range) | |
2953 | win_y = top_range; | |
2954 | ||
2955 | *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); | |
2956 | *bar_window = bar->window; | |
2957 | ||
2958 | if (! NILP (bar->dragging)) | |
2959 | *part = scroll_bar_handle; | |
2960 | else if (win_y < XINT (bar->start)) | |
2961 | *part = scroll_bar_above_handle; | |
2962 | else if (win_y < XINT (bar->end) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE) | |
2963 | *part = scroll_bar_handle; | |
2964 | else | |
2965 | *part = scroll_bar_below_handle; | |
12ba150f | 2966 | |
e0c1aef2 KH |
2967 | XSETINT (*x, win_y); |
2968 | XSETINT (*y, top_range); | |
12ba150f | 2969 | |
559cb2fb JB |
2970 | mouse_moved = 0; |
2971 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; | |
2972 | } | |
12ba150f | 2973 | |
559cb2fb | 2974 | *time = last_mouse_movement_time; |
cf7cb199 | 2975 | |
cf7cb199 | 2976 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
12ba150f JB |
2977 | } |
2978 | ||
f451eb13 | 2979 | |
dbc4e1c1 | 2980 | /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or |
ab648270 JB |
2981 | background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn. |
2982 | Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
2983 | redraw them. */ |
2984 | ||
ab648270 | 2985 | x_scroll_bar_clear (f) |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
2986 | FRAME_PTR f; |
2987 | { | |
2988 | Lisp_Object bar; | |
2989 | ||
9bc4522e | 2990 | for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar); |
ab648270 JB |
2991 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next) |
2992 | XClearArea (x_current_display, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)), | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
2993 | 0, 0, 0, 0, True); |
2994 | } | |
2995 | ||
3afe33e7 RS |
2996 | /* This processes Expose events from the menubar specific X event |
2997 | loop in menubar.c. This allows to redisplay the frame if necessary | |
2998 | when handling menubar or popup items. */ | |
2999 | ||
3000 | void | |
3001 | process_expose_from_menu (event) | |
3002 | XEvent event; | |
3003 | { | |
3004 | FRAME_PTR f; | |
3005 | ||
f94397b5 KH |
3006 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
3007 | ||
3afe33e7 RS |
3008 | f = x_window_to_frame (event.xexpose.window); |
3009 | if (f) | |
3010 | { | |
3011 | if (f->async_visible == 0) | |
3012 | { | |
3013 | f->async_visible = 1; | |
3014 | f->async_iconified = 0; | |
3015 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
3016 | } | |
3017 | else | |
3018 | { | |
3019 | dumprectangle (x_window_to_frame (event.xexpose.window), | |
3020 | event.xexpose.x, event.xexpose.y, | |
3021 | event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height); | |
3022 | } | |
3023 | } | |
3024 | else | |
3025 | { | |
3026 | struct scroll_bar *bar | |
3027 | = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xexpose.window); | |
3028 | ||
3029 | if (bar) | |
3030 | x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, &event); | |
3031 | } | |
f94397b5 KH |
3032 | |
3033 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
3afe33e7 | 3034 | } |
09756a85 RS |
3035 | \f |
3036 | /* Define a queue to save up SelectionRequest events for later handling. */ | |
3037 | ||
3038 | struct selection_event_queue | |
3039 | { | |
3040 | XEvent event; | |
3041 | struct selection_event_queue *next; | |
3042 | }; | |
3043 | ||
3044 | static struct selection_event_queue *queue; | |
3045 | ||
3046 | /* Nonzero means queue up certain events--don't process them yet. */ | |
3047 | static int x_queue_selection_requests; | |
3048 | ||
3049 | /* Queue up an X event *EVENT, to be processed later. */ | |
dbc4e1c1 | 3050 | |
09756a85 RS |
3051 | static void |
3052 | x_queue_event (event) | |
3053 | XEvent *event; | |
3054 | { | |
3055 | struct selection_event_queue *queue_tmp | |
3056 | = (struct selection_event_queue *) malloc (sizeof (struct selection_event_queue)); | |
3057 | ||
3058 | if (queue_tmp != NULL) | |
3059 | { | |
3060 | queue_tmp->event = *event; | |
3061 | queue_tmp->next = queue; | |
3062 | queue = queue_tmp; | |
3063 | } | |
3064 | } | |
3065 | ||
3066 | /* Take all the queued events and put them back | |
3067 | so that they get processed afresh. */ | |
3068 | ||
3069 | static void | |
3070 | x_unqueue_events () | |
3071 | { | |
3072 | while (queue != NULL) | |
3073 | { | |
3074 | struct selection_event_queue *queue_tmp = queue; | |
3075 | XPutBackEvent (XDISPLAY &queue_tmp->event); | |
3076 | queue = queue_tmp->next; | |
3077 | free ((char *)queue_tmp); | |
3078 | } | |
3079 | } | |
3080 | ||
3081 | /* Start queuing SelectionRequest events. */ | |
3082 | ||
3083 | void | |
3084 | x_start_queuing_selection_requests () | |
3085 | { | |
3086 | x_queue_selection_requests++; | |
3087 | } | |
3088 | ||
3089 | /* Stop queuing SelectionRequest events. */ | |
3090 | ||
3091 | void | |
3092 | x_stop_queuing_selection_requests () | |
3093 | { | |
3094 | x_queue_selection_requests--; | |
3095 | x_unqueue_events (); | |
3096 | } | |
f451eb13 JB |
3097 | \f |
3098 | /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */ | |
dc6f92b8 | 3099 | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3100 | /* Timestamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket, |
3101 | but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions | |
3102 | sometimes don't work. */ | |
3103 | static Time enter_timestamp; | |
3104 | ||
11edeb03 JB |
3105 | /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys |
3106 | and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_ | |
3107 | says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures | |
3108 | me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay. | |
3109 | ||
3110 | This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons | |
3111 | given for enter_timestamp, above. */ | |
3112 | static XComposeStatus compose_status; | |
3113 | ||
c047688c JA |
3114 | /* Communication with window managers. */ |
3115 | Atom Xatom_wm_protocols; | |
3116 | ||
3117 | /* Kinds of protocol things we may receive. */ | |
3118 | Atom Xatom_wm_take_focus; | |
3119 | Atom Xatom_wm_save_yourself; | |
3120 | Atom Xatom_wm_delete_window; | |
3121 | ||
3122 | /* Other WM communication */ | |
3123 | Atom Xatom_wm_configure_denied; /* When our config request is denied */ | |
3124 | Atom Xatom_wm_window_moved; /* When the WM moves us. */ | |
3125 | ||
d56a553a RS |
3126 | /* Window manager communication. */ |
3127 | Atom Xatom_wm_change_state; | |
3128 | ||
c2df547c RS |
3129 | /* EditRes protocol */ |
3130 | Atom Xatom_editres_name; | |
3131 | ||
10e6549c RS |
3132 | /* Record the last 100 characters stored |
3133 | to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */ | |
3134 | int temp_index; | |
3135 | short temp_buffer[100]; | |
3136 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
3137 | /* Read events coming from the X server. |
3138 | This routine is called by the SIGIO handler. | |
3139 | We return as soon as there are no more events to be read. | |
3140 | ||
3141 | Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP, | |
3142 | which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters. | |
3143 | We return the number of characters stored into the buffer, | |
3144 | thus pretending to be `read'. | |
3145 | ||
3146 | WAITP is nonzero if we should block until input arrives. | |
3147 | EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */ | |
3148 | ||
7c5283e4 | 3149 | int |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3150 | XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, waitp, expected) |
3151 | register int sd; | |
3152 | register struct input_event *bufp; | |
3153 | register int numchars; | |
3154 | int waitp; | |
3155 | int expected; | |
3156 | { | |
3157 | int count = 0; | |
3158 | int nbytes = 0; | |
3159 | int mask; | |
3160 | int items_pending; /* How many items are in the X queue. */ | |
3161 | XEvent event; | |
f676886a | 3162 | struct frame *f; |
66f55a9d | 3163 | int event_found = 0; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3164 | int prefix; |
3165 | Lisp_Object part; | |
3166 | ||
9ac0d9e0 | 3167 | if (interrupt_input_blocked) |
dc6f92b8 | 3168 | { |
9ac0d9e0 | 3169 | interrupt_input_pending = 1; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3170 | return -1; |
3171 | } | |
3172 | ||
9ac0d9e0 | 3173 | interrupt_input_pending = 0; |
dc6f92b8 | 3174 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
c0a04927 RS |
3175 | |
3176 | /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */ | |
3177 | input_signal_count++; | |
3178 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
3179 | if (numchars <= 0) |
3180 | abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */ | |
3181 | ||
3182 | #ifdef FIOSNBIO | |
3183 | /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket | |
3184 | non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set, | |
3185 | FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signalling EWOULDBLOCK, | |
3186 | a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */ | |
3187 | fcntl (fileno (stdin), F_SETFL, 0); | |
c118dd06 | 3188 | #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3189 | |
3190 | #ifndef SIGIO | |
3191 | #ifndef HAVE_SELECT | |
3192 | if (! (fcntl (fileno (stdin), F_GETFL, 0) & O_NDELAY)) | |
3193 | { | |
3194 | extern int read_alarm_should_throw; | |
3195 | read_alarm_should_throw = 1; | |
3196 | XPeekEvent (XDISPLAY &event); | |
3197 | read_alarm_should_throw = 0; | |
3198 | } | |
c118dd06 JB |
3199 | #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */ |
3200 | #endif /* SIGIO */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3201 | |
3202 | while (XStuffPending () != 0) | |
3203 | { | |
3204 | XNextEvent (XDISPLAY &event); | |
3205 | event_found = 1; | |
3206 | ||
3207 | switch (event.type) | |
3208 | { | |
c047688c JA |
3209 | case ClientMessage: |
3210 | { | |
3211 | if (event.xclient.message_type == Xatom_wm_protocols | |
3212 | && event.xclient.format == 32) | |
3213 | { | |
3214 | if (event.xclient.data.l[0] == Xatom_wm_take_focus) | |
3215 | { | |
3afe33e7 | 3216 | f = x_window_to_frame (event.xclient.window); |
0a178815 RS |
3217 | /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call |
3218 | XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null, | |
3219 | since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */ | |
f676886a | 3220 | if (f) |
5627c40e RS |
3221 | XSetInputFocus (event.xclient.display, |
3222 | event.xclient.window, | |
3223 | RevertToPointerRoot, | |
3224 | event.xclient.data.l[1]); | |
ab648270 | 3225 | /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */ |
c047688c JA |
3226 | } |
3227 | else if (event.xclient.data.l[0] == Xatom_wm_save_yourself) | |
3228 | { | |
3229 | /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to | |
3230 | something which can reinstate us. This notifies | |
3231 | the session manager, who's looking for such a | |
3232 | PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when | |
3233 | a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */ | |
3234 | if (numchars > 0) | |
3235 | { | |
0ab983c8 RS |
3236 | /* This is just so we only give real data once |
3237 | for a single Emacs process. */ | |
4846819e RS |
3238 | if (x_top_window_to_frame (event.xclient.window) |
3239 | == selected_frame) | |
0ab983c8 RS |
3240 | XSetCommand (x_current_display, |
3241 | event.xclient.window, | |
3242 | initial_argv, initial_argc); | |
3243 | else | |
3244 | XSetCommand (x_current_display, | |
3245 | event.xclient.window, | |
3246 | 0, 0); | |
c047688c JA |
3247 | } |
3248 | } | |
3249 | else if (event.xclient.data.l[0] == Xatom_wm_delete_window) | |
3250 | { | |
82aebaf4 | 3251 | struct frame *f = x_any_window_to_frame (event.xclient.window); |
c047688c | 3252 | |
f676886a | 3253 | if (f) |
1fb20991 RS |
3254 | { |
3255 | if (numchars == 0) | |
3256 | abort (); | |
3257 | ||
3258 | bufp->kind = delete_window_event; | |
e0c1aef2 | 3259 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
1fb20991 RS |
3260 | bufp++; |
3261 | ||
3262 | count += 1; | |
3263 | numchars -= 1; | |
3264 | } | |
c047688c JA |
3265 | } |
3266 | } | |
3267 | else if (event.xclient.message_type == Xatom_wm_configure_denied) | |
3268 | { | |
3269 | } | |
3270 | else if (event.xclient.message_type == Xatom_wm_window_moved) | |
3271 | { | |
3272 | int new_x, new_y; | |
1fb20991 RS |
3273 | struct frame *f = x_window_to_frame (event.xclient.window); |
3274 | ||
4357eba7 JB |
3275 | new_x = event.xclient.data.s[0]; |
3276 | new_y = event.xclient.data.s[1]; | |
1fb20991 RS |
3277 | |
3278 | if (f) | |
3279 | { | |
3280 | f->display.x->left_pos = new_x; | |
3281 | f->display.x->top_pos = new_y; | |
3282 | } | |
c047688c | 3283 | } |
5627c40e | 3284 | #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && defined (HAVE_X11R5) |
c2df547c RS |
3285 | else if (event.xclient.message_type == Xatom_editres_name) |
3286 | { | |
3287 | struct frame *f = x_any_window_to_frame (event.xclient.window); | |
3288 | _XEditResCheckMessages (f->display.x->widget, NULL, &event, NULL); | |
3289 | } | |
5627c40e | 3290 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT and HAVE_X11R5 */ |
c047688c JA |
3291 | } |
3292 | break; | |
dc6f92b8 | 3293 | |
d56a553a | 3294 | case SelectionNotify: |
3afe33e7 | 3295 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
b2bd9b6a | 3296 | if (! x_window_to_frame (event.xselection.requestor)) |
3afe33e7 | 3297 | goto OTHER; |
3afe33e7 | 3298 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
b2bd9b6a | 3299 | x_handle_selection_notify (&event); |
d56a553a | 3300 | break; |
d56a553a | 3301 | |
dc6f92b8 | 3302 | case SelectionClear: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */ |
3afe33e7 | 3303 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
b2bd9b6a RS |
3304 | if (! x_window_to_frame (event.xselectionclear.window)) |
3305 | goto OTHER; | |
3afe33e7 | 3306 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
b2bd9b6a | 3307 | { |
d56a553a RS |
3308 | XSelectionClearEvent *eventp = (XSelectionClearEvent *) &event; |
3309 | ||
3310 | if (numchars == 0) | |
3311 | abort (); | |
3312 | ||
3313 | bufp->kind = selection_clear_event; | |
3314 | SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp) = eventp->display; | |
3315 | SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp) = eventp->selection; | |
3316 | SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp) = eventp->time; | |
3317 | bufp++; | |
3318 | ||
3319 | count += 1; | |
3320 | numchars -= 1; | |
3afe33e7 | 3321 | } |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3322 | break; |
3323 | ||
3324 | case SelectionRequest: /* Someone wants our selection. */ | |
3afe33e7 | 3325 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
b2bd9b6a RS |
3326 | if (!x_window_to_frame (event.xselectionrequest.owner)) |
3327 | goto OTHER; | |
3afe33e7 | 3328 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
09756a85 RS |
3329 | if (x_queue_selection_requests) |
3330 | x_queue_event (&event); | |
3331 | else | |
3332 | { | |
3333 | XSelectionRequestEvent *eventp = (XSelectionRequestEvent *) &event; | |
3334 | ||
3335 | if (numchars == 0) | |
3336 | abort (); | |
3337 | ||
3338 | bufp->kind = selection_request_event; | |
3339 | SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp) = eventp->display; | |
3340 | SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (bufp) = eventp->requestor; | |
3341 | SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp) = eventp->selection; | |
3342 | SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (bufp) = eventp->target; | |
3343 | SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (bufp) = eventp->property; | |
3344 | SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp) = eventp->time; | |
3345 | bufp++; | |
3346 | ||
3347 | count += 1; | |
3348 | numchars -= 1; | |
3349 | } | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3350 | break; |
3351 | ||
3352 | case PropertyNotify: | |
3afe33e7 | 3353 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
b2bd9b6a | 3354 | if (!x_any_window_to_frame (event.xproperty.window)) |
3afe33e7 | 3355 | goto OTHER; |
3afe33e7 | 3356 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
b2bd9b6a | 3357 | x_handle_property_notify (&event); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3358 | break; |
3359 | ||
3bd330d4 | 3360 | case ReparentNotify: |
3a35ab44 | 3361 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (event.xreparent.window); |
3bd330d4 | 3362 | if (f) |
3a35ab44 RS |
3363 | { |
3364 | int x, y; | |
3365 | f->display.x->parent_desc = event.xreparent.parent; | |
3366 | x_real_positions (f, &x, &y); | |
3367 | f->display.x->left_pos = x; | |
3368 | f->display.x->top_pos = y; | |
3369 | } | |
3bd330d4 RS |
3370 | break; |
3371 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 3372 | case Expose: |
f676886a JB |
3373 | f = x_window_to_frame (event.xexpose.window); |
3374 | if (f) | |
dc6f92b8 | 3375 | { |
3a88c238 | 3376 | if (f->async_visible == 0) |
dc6f92b8 | 3377 | { |
3a88c238 JB |
3378 | f->async_visible = 1; |
3379 | f->async_iconified = 0; | |
f676886a | 3380 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3381 | } |
3382 | else | |
b2bd9b6a RS |
3383 | dumprectangle (x_window_to_frame (event.xexpose.window), |
3384 | event.xexpose.x, event.xexpose.y, | |
3385 | event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height); | |
f451eb13 JB |
3386 | } |
3387 | else | |
3388 | { | |
ab648270 JB |
3389 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
3390 | = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xexpose.window); | |
3afe33e7 | 3391 | |
f451eb13 | 3392 | if (bar) |
3afe33e7 RS |
3393 | x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, &event); |
3394 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT | |
3395 | else | |
3396 | goto OTHER; | |
3397 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3398 | } |
3399 | break; | |
3400 | ||
3401 | case GraphicsExpose: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's | |
3402 | source area was obscured or not | |
3403 | available.*/ | |
f451eb13 JB |
3404 | f = x_window_to_frame (event.xgraphicsexpose.drawable); |
3405 | if (f) | |
3406 | { | |
3407 | dumprectangle (f, | |
3408 | event.xgraphicsexpose.x, event.xgraphicsexpose.y, | |
3409 | event.xgraphicsexpose.width, | |
3410 | event.xgraphicsexpose.height); | |
f451eb13 | 3411 | } |
3afe33e7 RS |
3412 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
3413 | else | |
3414 | goto OTHER; | |
3415 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3416 | break; |
3417 | ||
3418 | case NoExpose: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's | |
3419 | source area was completely | |
3420 | available */ | |
3421 | break; | |
dc6f92b8 | 3422 | |
dc6f92b8 | 3423 | case UnmapNotify: |
dc05a16b | 3424 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (event.xunmap.window); |
f451eb13 | 3425 | if (f) /* F may no longer exist if |
f676886a | 3426 | the frame was deleted. */ |
f451eb13 JB |
3427 | { |
3428 | /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is | |
3429 | disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a | |
3430 | display that won't ever be seen. */ | |
3431 | f->async_visible = 0; | |
5627c40e RS |
3432 | /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window |
3433 | has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it | |
3434 | was previously visible, than now it is iconified. | |
3435 | We depend on x_make_frame_invisible to mark it iconified. */ | |
9319ae23 RS |
3436 | if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)) |
3437 | f->async_iconified = 1; | |
f451eb13 | 3438 | } |
3afe33e7 RS |
3439 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
3440 | goto OTHER; | |
3441 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3442 | break; |
3443 | ||
3444 | case MapNotify: | |
b2bd9b6a RS |
3445 | /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can come |
3446 | for subwindows and they don't mean that the frame is visible. */ | |
5627c40e | 3447 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (event.xmap.window); |
f676886a | 3448 | if (f) |
dc6f92b8 | 3449 | { |
3a88c238 JB |
3450 | f->async_visible = 1; |
3451 | f->async_iconified = 0; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3452 | |
3453 | /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update | |
f676886a JB |
3454 | the frame's display structures. */ |
3455 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
dc6f92b8 | 3456 | } |
3afe33e7 RS |
3457 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
3458 | goto OTHER; | |
3459 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
b2bd9b6a | 3460 | break; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3461 | |
3462 | /* Turn off processing if we become fully obscured. */ | |
3463 | case VisibilityNotify: | |
3464 | break; | |
3465 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 3466 | case KeyPress: |
1dea5a83 | 3467 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (event.xkey.window); |
f451eb13 | 3468 | |
f676886a | 3469 | if (f != 0) |
dc6f92b8 | 3470 | { |
2d368234 | 3471 | KeySym keysym, orig_keysym; |
bf6d8fb9 RS |
3472 | /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81 instead of |
3473 | 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made his Emacs hang. */ | |
3474 | unsigned char copy_buffer[81]; | |
64bb1782 RS |
3475 | int modifiers; |
3476 | ||
dfeccd2d JB |
3477 | event.xkey.state |
3478 | |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (extra_keyboard_modifiers); | |
64bb1782 | 3479 | modifiers = event.xkey.state; |
3a2712f9 | 3480 | |
11edeb03 | 3481 | /* This will have to go some day... */ |
752a043f JB |
3482 | |
3483 | /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars. | |
3484 | Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */ | |
3485 | event.xkey.state &= ~ControlMask; | |
11edeb03 JB |
3486 | nbytes = |
3487 | XLookupString (&event.xkey, copy_buffer, 80, &keysym, | |
3488 | &compose_status); | |
dc6f92b8 | 3489 | |
2d368234 | 3490 | orig_keysym = keysym; |
55123275 | 3491 | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3492 | if (numchars > 1) |
3493 | { | |
64a07219 JB |
3494 | if (((keysym >= XK_BackSpace && keysym <= XK_Escape) |
3495 | || keysym == XK_Delete | |
3496 | || IsCursorKey (keysym) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */ | |
3497 | || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */ | |
c34790e0 | 3498 | #ifdef HPUX |
64a07219 JB |
3499 | /* This recognizes the "extended function keys". |
3500 | It seems there's no cleaner way. | |
3501 | Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling mode_switch | |
3502 | incorrectly. */ | |
3503 | || ((unsigned) (keysym) >= XK_Select | |
3504 | && (unsigned)(keysym) < XK_KP_Space) | |
69388238 RS |
3505 | #endif |
3506 | #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex | |
3507 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_circumflex | |
3508 | #endif | |
3509 | #ifdef XK_dead_grave | |
3510 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_grave | |
3511 | #endif | |
3512 | #ifdef XK_dead_tilde | |
3513 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_tilde | |
3514 | #endif | |
3515 | #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis | |
3516 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_diaeresis | |
3517 | #endif | |
3518 | #ifdef XK_dead_macron | |
3519 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_macron | |
3520 | #endif | |
3521 | #ifdef XK_dead_degree | |
3522 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_degree | |
3523 | #endif | |
3524 | #ifdef XK_dead_acute | |
3525 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_acute | |
3526 | #endif | |
3527 | #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla | |
3528 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_cedilla | |
3529 | #endif | |
3530 | #ifdef XK_dead_breve | |
3531 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_breve | |
3532 | #endif | |
3533 | #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek | |
3534 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_ogonek | |
3535 | #endif | |
3536 | #ifdef XK_dead_caron | |
3537 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_caron | |
3538 | #endif | |
3539 | #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute | |
3540 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_doubleacute | |
3541 | #endif | |
3542 | #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot | |
3543 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_abovedot | |
c34790e0 | 3544 | #endif |
64a07219 JB |
3545 | || IsKeypadKey (keysym) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */ |
3546 | || IsFunctionKey (keysym) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */ | |
05f6617d RS |
3547 | /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */ |
3548 | || (orig_keysym & (1 << 28))) | |
7719aa06 RS |
3549 | && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym) |
3550 | #ifndef HAVE_X11R5 | |
3551 | #ifdef XK_Mode_switch | |
3552 | || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym) == XK_Mode_switch) | |
3553 | #endif | |
3554 | #ifdef XK_Num_Lock | |
3555 | || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym) == XK_Num_Lock) | |
3556 | #endif | |
3557 | #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */ | |
3558 | )) | |
dc6f92b8 | 3559 | { |
10e6549c RS |
3560 | if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) |
3561 | temp_index = 0; | |
3562 | temp_buffer[temp_index++] = keysym; | |
dc6f92b8 | 3563 | bufp->kind = non_ascii_keystroke; |
69388238 | 3564 | bufp->code = keysym; |
e0c1aef2 | 3565 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
dfeccd2d | 3566 | bufp->modifiers = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (modifiers); |
1113d9db | 3567 | bufp->timestamp = event.xkey.time; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3568 | bufp++; |
3569 | count++; | |
3570 | numchars--; | |
3571 | } | |
3572 | else if (numchars > nbytes) | |
3573 | { | |
3574 | register int i; | |
3575 | ||
10e6549c | 3576 | for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++) |
dc6f92b8 | 3577 | { |
10e6549c RS |
3578 | if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) |
3579 | temp_index = 0; | |
3580 | temp_buffer[temp_index++] = copy_buffer[i]; | |
dc6f92b8 | 3581 | bufp->kind = ascii_keystroke; |
69388238 | 3582 | bufp->code = copy_buffer[i]; |
e0c1aef2 | 3583 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
dfeccd2d | 3584 | bufp->modifiers = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (modifiers); |
1113d9db | 3585 | bufp->timestamp = event.xkey.time; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3586 | bufp++; |
3587 | } | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3588 | |
3589 | count += nbytes; | |
3590 | numchars -= nbytes; | |
3591 | } | |
10e6549c RS |
3592 | else |
3593 | abort (); | |
dc6f92b8 | 3594 | } |
10e6549c RS |
3595 | else |
3596 | abort (); | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3597 | } |
3598 | break; | |
f451eb13 JB |
3599 | |
3600 | /* Here's a possible interpretation of the whole | |
3601 | FocusIn-EnterNotify FocusOut-LeaveNotify mess. If you get a | |
3602 | FocusIn event, you have to get a FocusOut event before you | |
3603 | relinquish the focus. If you haven't received a FocusIn event, | |
3604 | then a mere LeaveNotify is enough to free you. */ | |
3605 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 3606 | case EnterNotify: |
1dea5a83 | 3607 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (event.xcrossing.window); |
6d4238f3 | 3608 | |
f451eb13 | 3609 | if (event.xcrossing.focus) /* Entered Window */ |
dc6f92b8 | 3610 | { |
dc6f92b8 | 3611 | /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */ |
f676886a JB |
3612 | if (f && (!(f->auto_raise) |
3613 | || !(f->auto_lower) | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3614 | || (event.xcrossing.time - enter_timestamp) > 500)) |
3615 | { | |
f676886a | 3616 | x_new_focus_frame (f); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3617 | enter_timestamp = event.xcrossing.time; |
3618 | } | |
dc6f92b8 | 3619 | } |
f676886a JB |
3620 | else if (f == x_focus_frame) |
3621 | x_new_focus_frame (0); | |
da893f1f RS |
3622 | /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement, |
3623 | so update things that depend on mouse position. */ | |
3624 | if (f) | |
3625 | note_mouse_movement (f, &event.xmotion); | |
3afe33e7 RS |
3626 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
3627 | goto OTHER; | |
3628 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3629 | break; |
3630 | ||
3631 | case FocusIn: | |
1dea5a83 | 3632 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (event.xfocus.window); |
f451eb13 JB |
3633 | if (event.xfocus.detail != NotifyPointer) |
3634 | x_focus_event_frame = f; | |
f676886a JB |
3635 | if (f) |
3636 | x_new_focus_frame (f); | |
3afe33e7 RS |
3637 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
3638 | goto OTHER; | |
3639 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3640 | break; |
3641 | ||
f451eb13 | 3642 | |
dc6f92b8 | 3643 | case LeaveNotify: |
10c5e63d KH |
3644 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (event.xcrossing.window); |
3645 | if (f) | |
f451eb13 | 3646 | { |
10c5e63d KH |
3647 | if (f == mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
3648 | /* If we move outside the frame, | |
3649 | then we're certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */ | |
3650 | clear_mouse_face (); | |
3651 | ||
3652 | if (event.xcrossing.focus) | |
3653 | { | |
3654 | if (! x_focus_event_frame) | |
3655 | x_new_focus_frame (0); | |
3656 | else | |
3657 | x_new_focus_frame (f); | |
3658 | } | |
3659 | else | |
3660 | { | |
3661 | if (f == x_focus_event_frame) | |
3662 | x_focus_event_frame = 0; | |
3663 | if (f == x_focus_frame) | |
3664 | x_new_focus_frame (0); | |
3665 | } | |
dc6f92b8 | 3666 | } |
3afe33e7 RS |
3667 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
3668 | goto OTHER; | |
3669 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3670 | break; |
3671 | ||
3672 | case FocusOut: | |
1dea5a83 | 3673 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (event.xfocus.window); |
f451eb13 JB |
3674 | if (event.xfocus.detail != NotifyPointer |
3675 | && f == x_focus_event_frame) | |
3676 | x_focus_event_frame = 0; | |
f676886a JB |
3677 | if (f && f == x_focus_frame) |
3678 | x_new_focus_frame (0); | |
3afe33e7 RS |
3679 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
3680 | goto OTHER; | |
3681 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3682 | break; |
3683 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
3684 | case MotionNotify: |
3685 | { | |
23faf38f RS |
3686 | if (x_mouse_grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
3687 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) | |
69388238 RS |
3688 | f = last_mouse_frame; |
3689 | else | |
3690 | f = x_window_to_frame (event.xmotion.window); | |
f676886a | 3691 | if (f) |
12ba150f | 3692 | note_mouse_movement (f, &event.xmotion); |
f451eb13 | 3693 | else |
dc6f92b8 | 3694 | { |
69388238 RS |
3695 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
3696 | = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xmotion.window); | |
f451eb13 JB |
3697 | |
3698 | if (bar) | |
ab648270 | 3699 | x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, &event); |
b8009dd1 RS |
3700 | |
3701 | /* If we move outside the frame, | |
3702 | then we're certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */ | |
3703 | clear_mouse_face (); | |
dc6f92b8 | 3704 | } |
dc6f92b8 | 3705 | } |
0a178815 RS |
3706 | #if 0 /* This should be unnecessary, since the toolkit has no use |
3707 | for motion events that happen outside of the menu event loop, | |
3708 | and it seems to cause the bug that mouse events stop coming | |
3709 | after a while. */ | |
3afe33e7 RS |
3710 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
3711 | goto OTHER; | |
3712 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
0a178815 | 3713 | #endif |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3714 | break; |
3715 | ||
3716 | case ConfigureNotify: | |
13ce2d73 | 3717 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (event.xconfigure.window); |
3afe33e7 | 3718 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
13ce2d73 | 3719 | if (f |
3a35ab44 | 3720 | #if 0 |
13ce2d73 | 3721 | && ! event.xconfigure.send_event |
3a35ab44 | 3722 | #endif |
13ce2d73 FP |
3723 | && (event.xconfigure.window == XtWindow (f->display.x->widget))) |
3724 | { | |
3725 | Window win, child; | |
3726 | int win_x, win_y; | |
3727 | ||
3728 | /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of | |
3729 | the window, in the root coordinate system. Don't | |
3730 | refer to the parent window here; we may be processing | |
3731 | this event after the window manager has changed our | |
3732 | parent, but before we have reached the ReparentNotify. */ | |
3733 | XTranslateCoordinates (x_current_display, | |
3734 | ||
3735 | /* From-window, to-window. */ | |
3736 | XtWindow (f->display.x->widget), | |
3737 | ROOT_WINDOW, | |
3738 | ||
3739 | /* From-position, to-position. */ | |
3740 | -event.xconfigure.border_width, | |
3741 | -event.xconfigure.border_width, | |
3742 | &win_x, &win_y, | |
3743 | ||
3744 | /* Child of win. */ | |
3745 | &child); | |
3746 | event.xconfigure.x = win_x; | |
3747 | event.xconfigure.y = win_y; | |
3748 | ||
3749 | f->display.x->pixel_width = event.xconfigure.width; | |
3750 | f->display.x->pixel_height = event.xconfigure.height; | |
3751 | f->display.x->left_pos = event.xconfigure.x; | |
3752 | f->display.x->top_pos = event.xconfigure.y; | |
3a35ab44 RS |
3753 | |
3754 | /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window. | |
3755 | Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */ | |
3756 | { | |
3757 | int x, y; | |
3758 | x_real_positions (f, &x, &y); | |
3759 | f->display.x->left_pos = x; | |
3760 | f->display.x->top_pos = y; | |
3761 | } | |
13ce2d73 FP |
3762 | } |
3763 | goto OTHER; | |
3afe33e7 | 3764 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
3765 | if (f) |
3766 | { | |
3767 | int rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, event.xconfigure.height); | |
3768 | int columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, event.xconfigure.width); | |
3769 | ||
3770 | /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has | |
3771 | not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need | |
3772 | to check the pixel dimensions as well. */ | |
3773 | if (columns != f->width | |
3774 | || rows != f->height | |
3775 | || event.xconfigure.width != f->display.x->pixel_width | |
3776 | || event.xconfigure.height != f->display.x->pixel_height) | |
3777 | { | |
3778 | change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1); | |
3779 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
3780 | } | |
dc6f92b8 | 3781 | |
3bd330d4 | 3782 | if (! event.xconfigure.send_event) |
af395ec1 RS |
3783 | { |
3784 | Window win, child; | |
3785 | int win_x, win_y; | |
3786 | ||
6cc35d86 JB |
3787 | /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of |
3788 | the window, in the root coordinate system. Don't | |
3789 | refer to the parent window here; we may be processing | |
3790 | this event after the window manager has changed our | |
3791 | parent, but before we have reached the ReparentNotify. */ | |
af395ec1 RS |
3792 | XTranslateCoordinates (x_current_display, |
3793 | ||
3794 | /* From-window, to-window. */ | |
6cc35d86 | 3795 | f->display.x->window_desc, |
3bd330d4 | 3796 | ROOT_WINDOW, |
af395ec1 RS |
3797 | |
3798 | /* From-position, to-position. */ | |
6cc35d86 JB |
3799 | -event.xconfigure.border_width, |
3800 | -event.xconfigure.border_width, | |
af395ec1 RS |
3801 | &win_x, &win_y, |
3802 | ||
3803 | /* Child of win. */ | |
3804 | &child); | |
3805 | event.xconfigure.x = win_x; | |
3806 | event.xconfigure.y = win_y; | |
3807 | } | |
3808 | ||
dbc4e1c1 JB |
3809 | f->display.x->pixel_width = event.xconfigure.width; |
3810 | f->display.x->pixel_height = event.xconfigure.height; | |
3811 | f->display.x->left_pos = event.xconfigure.x; | |
3812 | f->display.x->top_pos = event.xconfigure.y; | |
3a35ab44 RS |
3813 | |
3814 | /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window. | |
3815 | Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */ | |
3816 | { | |
3817 | int x, y; | |
3818 | x_real_positions (f, &x, &y); | |
3819 | f->display.x->left_pos = x; | |
3820 | f->display.x->top_pos = y; | |
fd13dbb2 RS |
3821 | if (y != event.xconfigure.y) |
3822 | { | |
3823 | /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now, | |
3824 | we must put them below top_pos in the future. */ | |
3825 | f->display.x->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; | |
3826 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, 0, 0); | |
3827 | } | |
3a35ab44 | 3828 | } |
dbc4e1c1 | 3829 | } |
3afe33e7 | 3830 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
dbc4e1c1 | 3831 | break; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3832 | |
3833 | case ButtonPress: | |
3834 | case ButtonRelease: | |
3835 | { | |
3836 | /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen | |
3837 | by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */ | |
3838 | struct input_event emacs_event; | |
3839 | emacs_event.kind = no_event; | |
3840 | ||
9b07615b RS |
3841 | bzero (&compose_status, sizeof (compose_status)); |
3842 | ||
f676886a JB |
3843 | f = x_window_to_frame (event.xbutton.window); |
3844 | if (f) | |
f451eb13 JB |
3845 | { |
3846 | if (!x_focus_frame || (f == x_focus_frame)) | |
69388238 | 3847 | construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event, &event, f); |
f451eb13 | 3848 | } |
dc6f92b8 | 3849 | else |
f451eb13 | 3850 | { |
fb3b7de5 RS |
3851 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
3852 | = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xbutton.window); | |
f451eb13 JB |
3853 | |
3854 | if (bar) | |
ab648270 | 3855 | x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &event, &emacs_event); |
3afe33e7 RS |
3856 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
3857 | else | |
3858 | { | |
a263cd2d PR |
3859 | /* Assume we have a menubar button press. A bad |
3860 | assumption should behave benignly. */ | |
3861 | popup_get_selection (&event); | |
3862 | break; | |
3afe33e7 RS |
3863 | } |
3864 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
f451eb13 | 3865 | } |
dc6f92b8 | 3866 | |
23faf38f RS |
3867 | if (event.type == ButtonPress) |
3868 | { | |
3869 | x_mouse_grabbed |= (1 << event.xbutton.button); | |
3870 | Vmouse_depressed = Qt; | |
3871 | last_mouse_frame = f; | |
3872 | } | |
3873 | else | |
3874 | { | |
3875 | x_mouse_grabbed &= ~(1 << event.xbutton.button); | |
3876 | if (!x_mouse_grabbed) | |
3877 | Vmouse_depressed = Qnil; | |
3878 | } | |
3879 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
3880 | if (numchars >= 1 && emacs_event.kind != no_event) |
3881 | { | |
3882 | bcopy (&emacs_event, bufp, sizeof (struct input_event)); | |
3883 | bufp++; | |
3884 | count++; | |
3885 | numchars--; | |
3886 | } | |
3afe33e7 RS |
3887 | |
3888 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT | |
3889 | goto OTHER; | |
3890 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3891 | } |
3892 | break; | |
3893 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
3894 | case CirculateNotify: |
3895 | break; | |
3896 | case CirculateRequest: | |
3897 | break; | |
3898 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 3899 | case MappingNotify: |
11edeb03 JB |
3900 | /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the |
3901 | local cache. */ | |
3902 | switch (event.xmapping.request) | |
3903 | { | |
3904 | case MappingModifier: | |
3905 | x_find_modifier_meanings (); | |
3906 | /* This is meant to fall through. */ | |
3907 | case MappingKeyboard: | |
3908 | XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event.xmapping); | |
3909 | } | |
3afe33e7 RS |
3910 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
3911 | goto OTHER; | |
3912 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3913 | break; |
3914 | ||
3915 | default: | |
3afe33e7 RS |
3916 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
3917 | OTHER: | |
3918 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
3919 | XtDispatchEvent (&event); | |
3920 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
3921 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3922 | break; |
3923 | } | |
3924 | } | |
3925 | ||
9a5196d0 RS |
3926 | /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events |
3927 | when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */ | |
ef2a22d0 RS |
3928 | if (! event_found) |
3929 | { | |
ef2a22d0 RS |
3930 | /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time. |
3931 | One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate. | |
3932 | B. Bretthauer, 1994 */ | |
3933 | x_noop_count++; | |
3934 | if (x_noop_count >= 100) | |
3935 | { | |
3936 | x_noop_count=0; | |
3937 | XNoOp (x_current_display); | |
3938 | } | |
3939 | } | |
502add23 | 3940 | |
7071e5dd RS |
3941 | #if 0 /* This fails for serial-line connections to the X server, |
3942 | because the characters arrive one by one, and a partial | |
3943 | command makes select return but gives nothing to read. | |
3944 | We'll have to hope that the bug that this tried to fix | |
3945 | in 1988 has been fixed in Xlib or the X server. */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3946 | #ifdef HAVE_SELECT |
3947 | if (expected && ! event_found) | |
3948 | { | |
3949 | /* AOJ 880406: if select returns true but XPending doesn't, it means that | |
3950 | there is an EOF condition; in other words, that X has died. | |
3951 | Act as if there had been a hangup. */ | |
dc6f92b8 | 3952 | int fd = ConnectionNumber (x_current_display); |
307feb1f | 3953 | SELECT_TYPE mask, junk1, junk2; |
66f55a9d | 3954 | EMACS_TIME timeout; |
dc6f92b8 | 3955 | |
61c3ce62 RS |
3956 | FD_ZERO (&mask); |
3957 | FD_SET (fd, &mask); | |
66f55a9d | 3958 | EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (timeout, 0, 0); |
307feb1f RS |
3959 | FD_ZERO (&junk1); |
3960 | FD_ZERO (&junk2); | |
3961 | if (0 != select (fd + 1, &mask, &junk1, &junk2, &timeout) | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3962 | && !XStuffPending ()) |
3963 | kill (getpid (), SIGHUP); | |
3964 | } | |
61c3ce62 | 3965 | #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */ |
7071e5dd | 3966 | #endif /* 0 */ |
dc6f92b8 | 3967 | |
0134a210 RS |
3968 | /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame, |
3969 | raise it now. */ | |
0134a210 RS |
3970 | if (pending_autoraise_frame) |
3971 | { | |
3972 | x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame); | |
3973 | pending_autoraise_frame = 0; | |
3974 | } | |
0134a210 | 3975 | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3976 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
3977 | return count; | |
3978 | } | |
dc6f92b8 | 3979 | \f |
f451eb13 JB |
3980 | /* Drawing the cursor. */ |
3981 | ||
3982 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
3983 | /* Draw a hollow box cursor. Don't change the inside of the box. */ |
3984 | ||
3985 | static void | |
f676886a JB |
3986 | x_draw_box (f) |
3987 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 | 3988 | { |
2a6cf806 RS |
3989 | int left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x); |
3990 | int top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y); | |
f676886a | 3991 | int width = FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font); |
a27f9f86 | 3992 | int height = f->display.x->line_height; |
dc6f92b8 | 3993 | |
c118dd06 | 3994 | XDrawRectangle (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
f676886a | 3995 | f->display.x->cursor_gc, |
dc6f92b8 | 3996 | left, top, width - 1, height - 1); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
3997 | } |
3998 | ||
f676886a | 3999 | /* Clear the cursor of frame F to background color, |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4000 | and mark the cursor as not shown. |
4001 | This is used when the text where the cursor is | |
4002 | is about to be rewritten. */ | |
4003 | ||
4004 | static void | |
f676886a JB |
4005 | clear_cursor (f) |
4006 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4007 | { |
4008 | int mask; | |
4009 | ||
f451eb13 | 4010 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) |
f676886a | 4011 | || f->phys_cursor_x < 0) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4012 | return; |
4013 | ||
f676886a | 4014 | x_display_cursor (f, 0); |
f676886a | 4015 | f->phys_cursor_x = -1; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4016 | } |
4017 | ||
f676886a | 4018 | /* Redraw the glyph at ROW, COLUMN on frame F, in the style |
90e65f07 JB |
4019 | HIGHLIGHT. HIGHLIGHT is as defined for dumpglyphs. Return the |
4020 | glyph drawn. */ | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4021 | |
4022 | static void | |
f676886a JB |
4023 | x_draw_single_glyph (f, row, column, glyph, highlight) |
4024 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 | 4025 | int row, column; |
90e65f07 | 4026 | GLYPH glyph; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4027 | int highlight; |
4028 | { | |
f676886a | 4029 | dumpglyphs (f, |
12ba150f JB |
4030 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, column), |
4031 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, row), | |
0cdd0c9f | 4032 | &glyph, 1, highlight, 0); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4033 | } |
4034 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 4035 | static void |
dbc4e1c1 | 4036 | x_display_bar_cursor (f, on) |
f676886a | 4037 | struct frame *f; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4038 | int on; |
4039 | { | |
f676886a | 4040 | struct frame_glyphs *current_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f); |
90e65f07 | 4041 | |
49d838ea JB |
4042 | /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged |
4043 | frames; in the latter case, the frame may be in the midst of | |
4044 | changing its size, and curs_x and curs_y may be off the frame. */ | |
4045 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
4046 | return; |
4047 | ||
4048 | if (! on && f->phys_cursor_x < 0) | |
4049 | return; | |
4050 | ||
f676886a | 4051 | /* If we're not updating, then we want to use the current frame's |
1113d9db | 4052 | cursor position, not our local idea of where the cursor ought to be. */ |
f676886a | 4053 | if (f != updating_frame) |
1113d9db | 4054 | { |
f676886a JB |
4055 | curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X (f); |
4056 | curs_y = FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f); | |
1113d9db JB |
4057 | } |
4058 | ||
dbc4e1c1 JB |
4059 | /* If there is anything wrong with the current cursor state, remove it. */ |
4060 | if (f->phys_cursor_x >= 0 | |
4061 | && (!on | |
4062 | || f->phys_cursor_x != curs_x | |
4063 | || f->phys_cursor_y != curs_y | |
4064 | || f->display.x->current_cursor != bar_cursor)) | |
4065 | { | |
4066 | /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */ | |
4067 | x_draw_single_glyph (f, f->phys_cursor_y, f->phys_cursor_x, | |
4068 | f->phys_cursor_glyph, | |
4069 | current_glyphs->highlight[f->phys_cursor_y]); | |
4070 | f->phys_cursor_x = -1; | |
4071 | } | |
4072 | ||
4073 | /* If we now need a cursor in the new place or in the new form, do it so. */ | |
4074 | if (on | |
4075 | && (f->phys_cursor_x < 0 | |
4076 | || (f->display.x->current_cursor != bar_cursor))) | |
4077 | { | |
4078 | f->phys_cursor_glyph | |
4079 | = ((current_glyphs->enable[curs_y] | |
4080 | && curs_x < current_glyphs->used[curs_y]) | |
4081 | ? current_glyphs->glyphs[curs_y][curs_x] | |
4082 | : SPACEGLYPH); | |
4083 | XFillRectangle (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), | |
4084 | f->display.x->cursor_gc, | |
4085 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x), | |
4086 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y), | |
a27f9f86 | 4087 | 1, f->display.x->line_height); |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
4088 | |
4089 | f->phys_cursor_x = curs_x; | |
4090 | f->phys_cursor_y = curs_y; | |
4091 | ||
4092 | f->display.x->current_cursor = bar_cursor; | |
4093 | } | |
4094 | ||
4095 | if (updating_frame != f) | |
4096 | XFlushQueue (); | |
4097 | } | |
4098 | ||
4099 | ||
4100 | /* Turn the displayed cursor of frame F on or off according to ON. | |
4101 | If ON is nonzero, where to put the cursor is specified | |
4102 | by F->cursor_x and F->cursor_y. */ | |
4103 | ||
4104 | static void | |
4105 | x_display_box_cursor (f, on) | |
4106 | struct frame *f; | |
4107 | int on; | |
4108 | { | |
4109 | struct frame_glyphs *current_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f); | |
4110 | ||
49d838ea JB |
4111 | /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged |
4112 | frames; in the latter case, the frame may be in the midst of | |
4113 | changing its size, and curs_x and curs_y may be off the frame. */ | |
4114 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4115 | return; |
4116 | ||
4117 | /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */ | |
f676886a | 4118 | if (!on && f->phys_cursor_x < 0) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4119 | return; |
4120 | ||
dbc4e1c1 JB |
4121 | /* If we're not updating, then we want to use the current frame's |
4122 | cursor position, not our local idea of where the cursor ought to be. */ | |
4123 | if (f != updating_frame) | |
4124 | { | |
4125 | curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X (f); | |
4126 | curs_y = FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f); | |
4127 | } | |
4128 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
4129 | /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be |
4130 | or it is in the wrong place, | |
4131 | or we want a hollow box and it's not so, (pout!) | |
4132 | erase it. */ | |
f676886a | 4133 | if (f->phys_cursor_x >= 0 |
dc6f92b8 | 4134 | && (!on |
f676886a JB |
4135 | || f->phys_cursor_x != curs_x |
4136 | || f->phys_cursor_y != curs_y | |
dbc4e1c1 | 4137 | || (f->display.x->current_cursor != hollow_box_cursor |
f676886a | 4138 | && (f != x_highlight_frame)))) |
dc6f92b8 | 4139 | { |
79cf7456 RS |
4140 | int mouse_face_here = 0; |
4141 | ||
4142 | /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when | |
4143 | we clear the cursor. */ | |
4144 | if (f == mouse_face_mouse_frame | |
4145 | && | |
4146 | (f->phys_cursor_y > mouse_face_beg_row | |
4147 | || (f->phys_cursor_y == mouse_face_beg_row | |
4148 | && f->phys_cursor_x >= mouse_face_beg_col)) | |
4149 | && | |
4150 | (f->phys_cursor_y < mouse_face_end_row | |
4151 | || (f->phys_cursor_y == mouse_face_end_row | |
4152 | && f->phys_cursor_x < mouse_face_end_col))) | |
4153 | mouse_face_here = 1; | |
4154 | ||
0cdd0c9f RS |
4155 | /* If the font is not as tall as a whole line, |
4156 | we must explicitly clear the line's whole height. */ | |
4157 | if (FONT_HEIGHT (f->display.x->font) != f->display.x->line_height) | |
4158 | XClearArea (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), | |
4159 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, f->phys_cursor_x), | |
4160 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, f->phys_cursor_y), | |
4161 | FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font), | |
4162 | f->display.x->line_height, False); | |
dc6f92b8 | 4163 | /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */ |
f676886a JB |
4164 | x_draw_single_glyph (f, f->phys_cursor_y, f->phys_cursor_x, |
4165 | f->phys_cursor_glyph, | |
79cf7456 RS |
4166 | (mouse_face_here |
4167 | ? 3 | |
4168 | : current_glyphs->highlight[f->phys_cursor_y])); | |
f676886a | 4169 | f->phys_cursor_x = -1; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4170 | } |
4171 | ||
4172 | /* If we want to show a cursor, | |
4173 | or we want a box cursor and it's not so, | |
4174 | write it in the right place. */ | |
4175 | if (on | |
f676886a | 4176 | && (f->phys_cursor_x < 0 |
dbc4e1c1 | 4177 | || (f->display.x->current_cursor != filled_box_cursor |
f676886a | 4178 | && f == x_highlight_frame))) |
dc6f92b8 | 4179 | { |
f676886a | 4180 | f->phys_cursor_glyph |
1113d9db JB |
4181 | = ((current_glyphs->enable[curs_y] |
4182 | && curs_x < current_glyphs->used[curs_y]) | |
4183 | ? current_glyphs->glyphs[curs_y][curs_x] | |
90e65f07 | 4184 | : SPACEGLYPH); |
f676886a | 4185 | if (f != x_highlight_frame) |
dc6f92b8 | 4186 | { |
f676886a | 4187 | x_draw_box (f); |
dbc4e1c1 | 4188 | f->display.x->current_cursor = hollow_box_cursor; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4189 | } |
4190 | else | |
4191 | { | |
f676886a JB |
4192 | x_draw_single_glyph (f, curs_y, curs_x, |
4193 | f->phys_cursor_glyph, 2); | |
dbc4e1c1 | 4194 | f->display.x->current_cursor = filled_box_cursor; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4195 | } |
4196 | ||
f676886a JB |
4197 | f->phys_cursor_x = curs_x; |
4198 | f->phys_cursor_y = curs_y; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4199 | } |
4200 | ||
f676886a | 4201 | if (updating_frame != f) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4202 | XFlushQueue (); |
4203 | } | |
4204 | ||
f676886a JB |
4205 | x_display_cursor (f, on) |
4206 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4207 | int on; |
4208 | { | |
f94397b5 KH |
4209 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
4210 | ||
dbc4e1c1 | 4211 | if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == filled_box_cursor) |
f676886a | 4212 | x_display_box_cursor (f, on); |
dbc4e1c1 | 4213 | else if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == bar_cursor) |
f676886a | 4214 | x_display_bar_cursor (f, on); |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
4215 | else |
4216 | /* Those are the only two we have implemented! */ | |
4217 | abort (); | |
f94397b5 KH |
4218 | |
4219 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4220 | } |
4221 | \f | |
4222 | /* Icons. */ | |
4223 | ||
f676886a | 4224 | /* Refresh bitmap kitchen sink icon for frame F |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4225 | when we get an expose event for it. */ |
4226 | ||
f676886a JB |
4227 | refreshicon (f) |
4228 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 | 4229 | { |
dc6f92b8 | 4230 | /* Normally, the window manager handles this function. */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4231 | } |
4232 | ||
dbc4e1c1 | 4233 | /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4234 | |
4235 | int | |
f676886a JB |
4236 | x_bitmap_icon (f) |
4237 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4238 | { |
4239 | int mask; | |
4240 | Window icon_window; | |
4241 | ||
c118dd06 | 4242 | if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) == 0) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4243 | return 1; |
4244 | ||
8583db58 RS |
4245 | if (! icon_bitmap) |
4246 | icon_bitmap = | |
4247 | XCreateBitmapFromData (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), | |
4248 | gnu_bits, gnu_width, gnu_height); | |
f676886a JB |
4249 | x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, icon_bitmap); |
4250 | f->display.x->icon_bitmap_flag = 1; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4251 | |
4252 | return 0; | |
4253 | } | |
4254 | ||
4255 | ||
f676886a | 4256 | /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text. */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4257 | |
4258 | int | |
f676886a JB |
4259 | x_text_icon (f, icon_name) |
4260 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4261 | char *icon_name; |
4262 | { | |
c118dd06 | 4263 | if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) == 0) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4264 | return 1; |
4265 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 4266 | if (icon_name) |
f676886a | 4267 | f->display.x->icon_label = icon_name; |
dc6f92b8 | 4268 | else |
f676886a JB |
4269 | if (! f->display.x->icon_label) |
4270 | f->display.x->icon_label = " *emacs* "; | |
dc6f92b8 | 4271 | |
dfeccd2d | 4272 | #if 0 |
c118dd06 | 4273 | XSetIconName (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
f676886a | 4274 | (char *) f->display.x->icon_label); |
dfeccd2d | 4275 | #endif |
dc6f92b8 | 4276 | |
f676886a | 4277 | f->display.x->icon_bitmap_flag = 0; |
b1c884c3 | 4278 | x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, 0); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4279 | |
4280 | return 0; | |
4281 | } | |
4282 | \f | |
4746118a JB |
4283 | /* Handling X errors. */ |
4284 | ||
12ba150f JB |
4285 | /* Shut down Emacs in an orderly fashion, because of a SIGPIPE on the |
4286 | X server's connection, or an error reported via the X protocol. */ | |
16bd92ea | 4287 | |
4746118a | 4288 | static SIGTYPE |
c118dd06 | 4289 | x_connection_closed () |
4746118a JB |
4290 | { |
4291 | if (_Xdebug) | |
4292 | abort (); | |
12ba150f | 4293 | |
1cd2d6d4 | 4294 | shut_down_emacs (0, 1, Qnil); |
12ba150f JB |
4295 | |
4296 | exit (70); | |
4746118a JB |
4297 | } |
4298 | ||
8922af5f JB |
4299 | /* An X error handler which prints an error message and then kills |
4300 | Emacs. This is what's normally installed as Xlib's handler for | |
4301 | protocol errors. */ | |
c118dd06 JB |
4302 | static int |
4303 | x_error_quitter (display, error) | |
4304 | Display *display; | |
4305 | XErrorEvent *error; | |
4306 | { | |
4307 | char buf[256]; | |
dc6f92b8 | 4308 | |
c118dd06 JB |
4309 | /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the |
4310 | original error handler. */ | |
dc6f92b8 | 4311 | |
c118dd06 JB |
4312 | XGetErrorText (display, error->error_code, buf, sizeof (buf)); |
4313 | fprintf (stderr, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d\n", | |
4314 | buf, error->request_code); | |
dc6f92b8 | 4315 | |
e09f9351 | 4316 | #if 0 |
12ba150f JB |
4317 | /* While we're testing Emacs 19, we'll just dump core whenever we |
4318 | get an X error, so we can figure out why it happened. */ | |
4319 | abort (); | |
e09f9351 | 4320 | #endif |
12ba150f | 4321 | |
c118dd06 | 4322 | x_connection_closed (); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4323 | } |
4324 | ||
8922af5f JB |
4325 | /* A handler for X IO errors which prints an error message and then |
4326 | kills Emacs. This is what is always installed as Xlib's handler | |
4327 | for I/O errors. */ | |
4328 | static int | |
4329 | x_io_error_quitter (display) | |
4330 | Display *display; | |
4331 | { | |
4332 | fprintf (stderr, "Connection to X server %s lost.\n", | |
4333 | XDisplayName (DisplayString (display))); | |
4334 | ||
e09f9351 | 4335 | #if 0 |
8922af5f JB |
4336 | /* While we're testing Emacs 19, we'll just dump core whenever we |
4337 | get an X error, so we can figure out why it happened. */ | |
4338 | abort (); | |
e09f9351 | 4339 | #endif |
8922af5f JB |
4340 | |
4341 | x_connection_closed (); | |
4342 | } | |
4343 | ||
c118dd06 | 4344 | /* A buffer for storing X error messages. */ |
cef13e55 RS |
4345 | static char *x_caught_error_message; |
4346 | #define X_CAUGHT_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200 | |
c118dd06 JB |
4347 | |
4348 | /* An X error handler which stores the error message in | |
4349 | x_caught_error_message. This is what's installed when | |
4350 | x_catch_errors is in effect. */ | |
4351 | static int | |
4352 | x_error_catcher (display, error) | |
4353 | Display *display; | |
4354 | XErrorEvent *error; | |
4355 | { | |
4356 | XGetErrorText (display, error->error_code, | |
cef13e55 | 4357 | x_caught_error_message, X_CAUGHT_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE); |
c118dd06 JB |
4358 | } |
4359 | ||
4360 | ||
4361 | /* Begin trapping X errors. | |
dc6f92b8 | 4362 | |
c118dd06 JB |
4363 | After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause |
4364 | Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in x_cfc_error_message. | |
dc6f92b8 | 4365 | |
c118dd06 JB |
4366 | Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has |
4367 | occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors. | |
4368 | ||
4369 | Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */ | |
4370 | ||
bc20ebbf | 4371 | void x_catch_errors (), x_check_errors (), x_uncatch_errors (); |
c118dd06 JB |
4372 | |
4373 | void | |
4374 | x_catch_errors () | |
dc6f92b8 | 4375 | { |
c118dd06 JB |
4376 | /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */ |
4377 | XSync (x_current_display, False); | |
dc6f92b8 | 4378 | |
c118dd06 | 4379 | /* Set up the error buffer. */ |
60f9aad3 | 4380 | x_caught_error_message |
cef13e55 RS |
4381 | = (char*) xmalloc (X_CAUGHT_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE); |
4382 | x_caught_error_message[0] = '\0'; | |
16bd92ea | 4383 | |
c118dd06 JB |
4384 | /* Install our little error handler. */ |
4385 | XHandleError (x_error_catcher); | |
4386 | } | |
16bd92ea | 4387 | |
c118dd06 JB |
4388 | /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to |
4389 | x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using | |
4390 | sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */ | |
812361a1 | 4391 | |
c118dd06 JB |
4392 | void |
4393 | x_check_errors (format) | |
4394 | char *format; | |
4395 | { | |
4396 | /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */ | |
4397 | XSync (x_current_display, False); | |
16bd92ea | 4398 | |
cef13e55 | 4399 | if (x_caught_error_message[0]) |
c118dd06 | 4400 | { |
cef13e55 | 4401 | char buf[X_CAUGHT_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE + 56]; |
dc6f92b8 | 4402 | |
cef13e55 | 4403 | sprintf (buf, format, x_caught_error_message); |
c118dd06 JB |
4404 | x_uncatch_errors (); |
4405 | error (buf); | |
4406 | } | |
4407 | } | |
4408 | ||
b849c413 RS |
4409 | /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors since we did x_catch_errors. */ |
4410 | ||
4411 | int | |
4412 | x_had_errors_p () | |
4413 | { | |
4414 | /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */ | |
4415 | XSync (x_current_display, False); | |
4416 | ||
4417 | return x_caught_error_message[0] != 0; | |
4418 | } | |
4419 | ||
812361a1 RS |
4420 | /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die. */ |
4421 | ||
c118dd06 JB |
4422 | void |
4423 | x_uncatch_errors () | |
4424 | { | |
9ac0d9e0 | 4425 | xfree (x_caught_error_message); |
cef13e55 | 4426 | x_caught_error_message = 0; |
c118dd06 | 4427 | XHandleError (x_error_quitter); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4428 | } |
4429 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
4430 | #if 0 |
4431 | static unsigned int x_wire_count; | |
4432 | x_trace_wire () | |
4433 | { | |
4434 | fprintf (stderr, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count); | |
4435 | } | |
c118dd06 | 4436 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4437 | |
4438 | \f | |
f451eb13 JB |
4439 | /* Changing the font of the frame. */ |
4440 | ||
f676886a | 4441 | /* Set the font of the x-window specified by frame F |
dc6f92b8 | 4442 | to the font named NEWNAME. This is safe to use |
f676886a | 4443 | even before F has an actual x-window. */ |
dc6f92b8 | 4444 | |
2224a5fc RS |
4445 | struct font_info |
4446 | { | |
4447 | XFontStruct *font; | |
4448 | char *name; | |
76bcdf39 | 4449 | char *full_name; |
2224a5fc RS |
4450 | }; |
4451 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 4452 | /* A table of all the fonts we have already loaded. */ |
2224a5fc | 4453 | static struct font_info *x_font_table; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4454 | |
4455 | /* The current capacity of x_font_table. */ | |
4456 | static int x_font_table_size; | |
4457 | ||
4458 | /* The number of fonts actually stored in x_font_table. | |
4459 | x_font_table[n] is used and valid iff 0 <= n < n_fonts. | |
4460 | 0 <= n_fonts <= x_font_table_size. */ | |
4461 | static int n_fonts; | |
4462 | ||
76bcdf39 RS |
4463 | /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and |
4464 | return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard | |
4465 | pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern. | |
4466 | The return value shows which font we chose. */ | |
4467 | ||
b5cf7a0e | 4468 | Lisp_Object |
f676886a JB |
4469 | x_new_font (f, fontname) |
4470 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4471 | register char *fontname; |
4472 | { | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4473 | int already_loaded; |
4474 | int n_matching_fonts; | |
4475 | XFontStruct *font_info; | |
4476 | char **font_names; | |
4477 | ||
4478 | /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we | |
4479 | have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts | |
4480 | we already have by comparing font ids. */ | |
2224a5fc RS |
4481 | font_names = (char **) XListFonts (x_current_display, fontname, |
4482 | 1024, &n_matching_fonts); | |
0c94f6ee JB |
4483 | /* Apparently it doesn't set n_matching_fonts to zero when it can't |
4484 | find any matches; font_names == 0 is the only clue. */ | |
4485 | if (! font_names) | |
4486 | n_matching_fonts = 0; | |
4487 | ||
5835f860 RS |
4488 | /* Don't just give up if n_matching_fonts is 0. |
4489 | Apparently there's a bug on Suns: XListFontsWithInfo can | |
4490 | fail to find a font, but XLoadQueryFont may still find it. */ | |
dc6f92b8 | 4491 | |
90e65f07 | 4492 | /* See if we've already loaded a matching font. */ |
5835f860 RS |
4493 | already_loaded = -1; |
4494 | if (n_matching_fonts != 0) | |
4495 | { | |
4496 | int i, j; | |
dc6f92b8 | 4497 | |
5835f860 RS |
4498 | for (i = 0; i < n_fonts; i++) |
4499 | for (j = 0; j < n_matching_fonts; j++) | |
76bcdf39 RS |
4500 | if (!strcmp (x_font_table[i].name, font_names[j]) |
4501 | || !strcmp (x_font_table[i].full_name, font_names[j])) | |
5835f860 RS |
4502 | { |
4503 | already_loaded = i; | |
76bcdf39 | 4504 | fontname = x_font_table[i].full_name; |
5835f860 RS |
4505 | goto found_font; |
4506 | } | |
4507 | } | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4508 | found_font: |
4509 | ||
4510 | /* If we have, just return it from the table. */ | |
2224a5fc | 4511 | if (already_loaded >= 0) |
b2cad826 | 4512 | f->display.x->font = x_font_table[already_loaded].font; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4513 | /* Otherwise, load the font and add it to the table. */ |
4514 | else | |
4515 | { | |
9696f58b | 4516 | int i; |
76bcdf39 | 4517 | char *full_name; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4518 | XFontStruct *font; |
4519 | ||
9696f58b | 4520 | /* Try to find a character-cell font in the list. */ |
f126bd67 JB |
4521 | #if 0 |
4522 | /* A laudable goal, but this isn't how to do it. */ | |
9696f58b JB |
4523 | for (i = 0; i < n_matching_fonts; i++) |
4524 | if (! font_info[i].per_char) | |
4525 | break; | |
f126bd67 JB |
4526 | #else |
4527 | i = 0; | |
4528 | #endif | |
9696f58b | 4529 | |
5835f860 RS |
4530 | /* See comment above. */ |
4531 | if (n_matching_fonts != 0) | |
9696f58b JB |
4532 | fontname = font_names[i]; |
4533 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
4534 | font = (XFontStruct *) XLoadQueryFont (x_current_display, fontname); |
4535 | if (! font) | |
5835f860 | 4536 | { |
2224a5fc | 4537 | /* Free the information from XListFonts. */ |
5835f860 | 4538 | if (n_matching_fonts) |
2224a5fc | 4539 | XFreeFontNames (font_names); |
5835f860 RS |
4540 | return Qnil; |
4541 | } | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4542 | |
4543 | /* Do we need to create the table? */ | |
4544 | if (x_font_table_size == 0) | |
4545 | { | |
4546 | x_font_table_size = 16; | |
4547 | x_font_table | |
2224a5fc RS |
4548 | = (struct font_info *) xmalloc (x_font_table_size |
4549 | * sizeof (x_font_table[0])); | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4550 | } |
4551 | /* Do we need to grow the table? */ | |
4552 | else if (n_fonts >= x_font_table_size) | |
4553 | { | |
90e65f07 | 4554 | x_font_table_size *= 2; |
dc6f92b8 | 4555 | x_font_table |
2224a5fc RS |
4556 | = (struct font_info *) xrealloc (x_font_table, |
4557 | (x_font_table_size | |
4558 | * sizeof (x_font_table[0]))); | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4559 | } |
4560 | ||
76bcdf39 RS |
4561 | /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in full_name. */ |
4562 | full_name = 0; | |
4563 | for (i = 0; i < font->n_properties; i++) | |
4564 | { | |
4565 | char *atom | |
4566 | = XGetAtomName (x_current_display, font->properties[i].name); | |
4567 | if (!strcmp (atom, "FONT")) | |
7965883b RS |
4568 | { |
4569 | char *name = XGetAtomName (x_current_display, | |
4570 | (Atom) (font->properties[i].card32)); | |
4571 | char *p = name; | |
4572 | int dashes = 0; | |
4573 | ||
4574 | /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name". | |
4575 | If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name, | |
4576 | so don't use it. | |
4577 | In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names | |
4578 | stored in them. */ | |
4579 | while (*p) | |
4580 | { | |
4581 | if (*p == '-') | |
4582 | dashes++; | |
4583 | p++; | |
4584 | } | |
4585 | ||
4586 | if (dashes >= 13) | |
4587 | full_name = name; | |
4588 | } | |
4589 | ||
76bcdf39 RS |
4590 | XFree (atom); |
4591 | } | |
4592 | ||
dff815ef | 4593 | x_font_table[n_fonts].name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname) + 1); |
2224a5fc | 4594 | bcopy (fontname, x_font_table[n_fonts].name, strlen (fontname) + 1); |
76bcdf39 RS |
4595 | if (full_name != 0) |
4596 | x_font_table[n_fonts].full_name = full_name; | |
4597 | else | |
4598 | x_font_table[n_fonts].full_name = x_font_table[n_fonts].name; | |
2224a5fc | 4599 | f->display.x->font = x_font_table[n_fonts++].font = font; |
76bcdf39 | 4600 | |
d53067dc RS |
4601 | if (full_name) |
4602 | fontname = full_name; | |
dc6f92b8 | 4603 | } |
2224a5fc | 4604 | |
b2cad826 KH |
4605 | /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */ |
4606 | if (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width > 0) | |
4607 | { | |
4608 | int wid = FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font); | |
4609 | f->scroll_bar_cols = (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width + wid-1) / wid; | |
4610 | } | |
4611 | else | |
4612 | f->scroll_bar_cols = 2; | |
4613 | ||
f676886a | 4614 | /* Now make the frame display the given font. */ |
c118dd06 | 4615 | if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) != 0) |
dc6f92b8 | 4616 | { |
f676886a JB |
4617 | XSetFont (x_current_display, f->display.x->normal_gc, |
4618 | f->display.x->font->fid); | |
4619 | XSetFont (x_current_display, f->display.x->reverse_gc, | |
4620 | f->display.x->font->fid); | |
4621 | XSetFont (x_current_display, f->display.x->cursor_gc, | |
4622 | f->display.x->font->fid); | |
4623 | ||
a27f9f86 | 4624 | frame_update_line_height (f); |
0134a210 | 4625 | x_set_window_size (f, 0, f->width, f->height); |
dc6f92b8 | 4626 | } |
a27f9f86 RS |
4627 | else |
4628 | /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time, | |
4629 | there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */ | |
0cdd0c9f | 4630 | f->display.x->line_height = FONT_HEIGHT (f->display.x->font); |
dc6f92b8 | 4631 | |
b5cf7a0e | 4632 | { |
abdda982 | 4633 | Lisp_Object lispy_name; |
b5cf7a0e | 4634 | |
abdda982 | 4635 | lispy_name = build_string (fontname); |
b5cf7a0e | 4636 | |
2224a5fc | 4637 | /* Free the information from XListFonts. The data |
b5cf7a0e | 4638 | we actually retain comes from XLoadQueryFont. */ |
2224a5fc | 4639 | XFreeFontNames (font_names); |
b5cf7a0e JB |
4640 | |
4641 | return lispy_name; | |
4642 | } | |
dc6f92b8 | 4643 | } |
dc6f92b8 | 4644 | \f |
43bca5d5 | 4645 | x_calc_absolute_position (f) |
f676886a | 4646 | struct frame *f; |
dc6f92b8 | 4647 | { |
6dba1858 RS |
4648 | Window win, child; |
4649 | int win_x = 0, win_y = 0; | |
43bca5d5 | 4650 | int flags = f->display.x->size_hint_flags; |
6dba1858 RS |
4651 | |
4652 | /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of | |
4653 | the inner window, with respect to the outer window. */ | |
4654 | if (f->display.x->parent_desc != ROOT_WINDOW) | |
4655 | { | |
4656 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
4657 | XTranslateCoordinates (x_current_display, | |
4658 | ||
4659 | /* From-window, to-window. */ | |
4660 | f->display.x->window_desc, | |
4661 | f->display.x->parent_desc, | |
4662 | ||
4663 | /* From-position, to-position. */ | |
4664 | 0, 0, &win_x, &win_y, | |
4665 | ||
4666 | /* Child of win. */ | |
4667 | &child); | |
4668 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
4669 | } | |
4670 | ||
4671 | /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost | |
4672 | position that fits on the screen. */ | |
20f55f9a | 4673 | if (flags & XNegative) |
31ea78fd | 4674 | f->display.x->left_pos = (x_screen_width |
69388238 | 4675 | - 2 * f->display.x->border_width - win_x |
31ea78fd JB |
4676 | - PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
4677 | + f->display.x->left_pos); | |
dc6f92b8 | 4678 | |
20f55f9a | 4679 | if (flags & YNegative) |
31ea78fd | 4680 | f->display.x->top_pos = (x_screen_height |
69388238 | 4681 | - 2 * f->display.x->border_width - win_y |
31ea78fd JB |
4682 | - PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) |
4683 | + f->display.x->top_pos); | |
3a35ab44 RS |
4684 | /* The left_pos and top_pos |
4685 | are now relative to the top and left screen edges, | |
4686 | so the flags should correspond. */ | |
4687 | f->display.x->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative); | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4688 | } |
4689 | ||
3a35ab44 RS |
4690 | /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position, |
4691 | to really change the position, and 0 when calling from | |
4692 | x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current | |
4693 | position values). */ | |
4694 | ||
dc05a16b | 4695 | x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity) |
f676886a | 4696 | struct frame *f; |
dc6f92b8 | 4697 | register int xoff, yoff; |
dc05a16b | 4698 | int change_gravity; |
dc6f92b8 | 4699 | { |
3a35ab44 RS |
4700 | if (change_gravity) |
4701 | { | |
4702 | f->display.x->top_pos = yoff; | |
4703 | f->display.x->left_pos = xoff; | |
4704 | f->display.x->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative); | |
4705 | if (xoff < 0) | |
4706 | f->display.x->size_hint_flags |= XNegative; | |
4707 | if (yoff < 0) | |
4708 | f->display.x->size_hint_flags |= YNegative; | |
4709 | f->display.x->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; | |
4710 | } | |
43bca5d5 | 4711 | x_calc_absolute_position (f); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4712 | |
4713 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
3a35ab44 RS |
4714 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, 0, 0); |
4715 | ||
3afe33e7 RS |
4716 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
4717 | XMoveWindow (XDISPLAY XtWindow (f->display.x->widget), | |
4718 | f->display.x->left_pos, f->display.x->top_pos); | |
4719 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
c118dd06 | 4720 | XMoveWindow (XDISPLAY FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
f676886a | 4721 | f->display.x->left_pos, f->display.x->top_pos); |
3afe33e7 | 4722 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4723 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
4724 | } | |
4725 | ||
bc20ebbf FP |
4726 | /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window. |
4727 | If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity | |
4728 | for this size change and subsequent size changes. | |
4729 | Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */ | |
dc6f92b8 | 4730 | |
bc20ebbf | 4731 | x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows) |
f676886a | 4732 | struct frame *f; |
bc20ebbf | 4733 | int change_gravity; |
b1c884c3 | 4734 | int cols, rows; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4735 | { |
4736 | int pixelwidth, pixelheight; | |
4737 | int mask; | |
dc6f92b8 | 4738 | |
80fd1fe2 FP |
4739 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
4740 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
3a20653d RS |
4741 | { |
4742 | /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the | |
4743 | call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize. | |
4744 | This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't | |
4745 | figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */ | |
4746 | int xpos = f->display.x->widget->core.x; | |
4747 | int ypos = f->display.x->widget->core.y; | |
4748 | EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f->display.x->edit_widget, cols, rows); | |
4749 | f->display.x->widget->core.x = xpos; | |
4750 | f->display.x->widget->core.y = ypos; | |
4751 | } | |
80fd1fe2 FP |
4752 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
4753 | ||
4754 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
4755 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
4756 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
4757 | ||
b1c884c3 | 4758 | check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols); |
6dba1858 | 4759 | f->display.x->vertical_scroll_bar_extra |
b2cad826 KH |
4760 | = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f) |
4761 | ? 0 | |
4762 | : FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0 | |
480407eb | 4763 | ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
b2cad826 | 4764 | : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font))); |
f451eb13 JB |
4765 | pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols); |
4766 | pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows); | |
dc6f92b8 | 4767 | |
af31d76f RS |
4768 | f->display.x->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
4769 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, 0, 0); | |
6ccf47d1 | 4770 | |
0cdd0c9f | 4771 | XSync (x_current_display, False); |
c118dd06 | 4772 | XChangeWindowSize (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), pixelwidth, pixelheight); |
b1c884c3 JB |
4773 | |
4774 | /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate, | |
4775 | but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size | |
4776 | change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
4777 | ConfigureNotify event gets here. |
4778 | ||
4779 | We could just not bother storing any of this information here, | |
4780 | and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that | |
4781 | might be kind of confusing to the lisp code, since size changes | |
4782 | wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random | |
4783 | point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives. */ | |
8922af5f | 4784 | change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 0); |
b1c884c3 JB |
4785 | PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth; |
4786 | PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight; | |
4787 | ||
4d73d038 RS |
4788 | /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */ |
4789 | if (f->phys_cursor_y >= rows | |
4790 | || f->phys_cursor_x >= cols) | |
4791 | { | |
4792 | f->phys_cursor_x = -1; | |
4793 | f->phys_cursor_y = -1; | |
4794 | } | |
4795 | ||
dbc4e1c1 JB |
4796 | /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to |
4797 | receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked | |
4798 | for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so | |
4799 | we have to make sure to do it here. */ | |
4800 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
4801 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
4802 | XFlushQueue (); |
4803 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
80fd1fe2 | 4804 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
dc6f92b8 | 4805 | } |
dc6f92b8 | 4806 | \f |
f451eb13 | 4807 | /* Mouse warping, focus shifting, raising and lowering. */ |
dc6f92b8 | 4808 | |
9b378208 | 4809 | void |
f676886a JB |
4810 | x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y) |
4811 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4812 | int x, y; |
4813 | { | |
4814 | int pix_x, pix_y; | |
4815 | ||
12ba150f | 4816 | pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x) + FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font) / 2; |
a27f9f86 | 4817 | pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y) + f->display.x->line_height / 2; |
f451eb13 JB |
4818 | |
4819 | if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0; | |
4820 | if (pix_x > PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = PIXEL_WIDTH (f); | |
4821 | ||
4822 | if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0; | |
4823 | if (pix_y > PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4824 | |
4825 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
dc6f92b8 | 4826 | |
c118dd06 | 4827 | XWarpMousePointer (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), pix_x, pix_y); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4828 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
4829 | } | |
4830 | ||
9b378208 RS |
4831 | /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */ |
4832 | ||
4833 | void | |
4834 | x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y) | |
4835 | struct frame *f; | |
4836 | int pix_x, pix_y; | |
4837 | { | |
4838 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
4839 | ||
4840 | XWarpMousePointer (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), pix_x, pix_y); | |
4841 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
4842 | } | |
4843 | ||
f676886a JB |
4844 | x_focus_on_frame (f) |
4845 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 | 4846 | { |
1fb20991 | 4847 | #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */ |
f676886a | 4848 | x_raise_frame (f); |
1fb20991 | 4849 | #endif |
6d4238f3 JB |
4850 | #if 0 |
4851 | /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this | |
4852 | without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up | |
f676886a | 4853 | doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */ |
c118dd06 | 4854 | XSetInputFocus (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
dc6f92b8 | 4855 | RevertToPointerRoot, CurrentTime); |
c118dd06 | 4856 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4857 | } |
4858 | ||
f676886a JB |
4859 | x_unfocus_frame (f) |
4860 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 | 4861 | { |
6d4238f3 | 4862 | #if 0 |
f676886a JB |
4863 | /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */ |
4864 | if (x_focus_frame == f) | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4865 | XSetInputFocus (x_current_display, PointerRoot, |
4866 | RevertToPointerRoot, CurrentTime); | |
c118dd06 | 4867 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4868 | } |
4869 | ||
f676886a | 4870 | /* Raise frame F. */ |
dc6f92b8 | 4871 | |
f676886a JB |
4872 | x_raise_frame (f) |
4873 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 | 4874 | { |
3a88c238 | 4875 | if (f->async_visible) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4876 | { |
4877 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
3afe33e7 RS |
4878 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
4879 | XRaiseWindow (XDISPLAY XtWindow (f->display.x->widget)); | |
4880 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
c118dd06 | 4881 | XRaiseWindow (XDISPLAY FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
3afe33e7 | 4882 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4883 | XFlushQueue (); |
4884 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
4885 | } | |
4886 | } | |
4887 | ||
f676886a | 4888 | /* Lower frame F. */ |
dc6f92b8 | 4889 | |
f676886a JB |
4890 | x_lower_frame (f) |
4891 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 | 4892 | { |
3a88c238 | 4893 | if (f->async_visible) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4894 | { |
4895 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
3afe33e7 RS |
4896 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
4897 | XLowerWindow (XDISPLAY XtWindow (f->display.x->widget)); | |
4898 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
c118dd06 | 4899 | XLowerWindow (XDISPLAY FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
3afe33e7 | 4900 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4901 | XFlushQueue (); |
4902 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
4903 | } | |
4904 | } | |
4905 | ||
dbc4e1c1 JB |
4906 | static void |
4907 | XTframe_raise_lower (f, raise) | |
4908 | FRAME_PTR f; | |
4909 | int raise; | |
4910 | { | |
4911 | if (raise) | |
4912 | x_raise_frame (f); | |
4913 | else | |
4914 | x_lower_frame (f); | |
4915 | } | |
4916 | ||
fd13dbb2 RS |
4917 | /* Change from withdrawn state to mapped state, |
4918 | or deiconify. */ | |
dc6f92b8 | 4919 | |
f676886a JB |
4920 | x_make_frame_visible (f) |
4921 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4922 | { |
4923 | int mask; | |
4924 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 4925 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
dc6f92b8 | 4926 | |
f676886a | 4927 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) |
90e65f07 | 4928 | { |
af31d76f | 4929 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
fd13dbb2 RS |
4930 | if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)) |
4931 | x_set_offset (f, f->display.x->left_pos, f->display.x->top_pos, 0); | |
af31d76f | 4932 | #endif |
dc05a16b | 4933 | |
90e65f07 | 4934 | if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager, Qt)) |
f676886a | 4935 | x_wm_set_window_state (f, NormalState); |
3afe33e7 | 4936 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
d7a38a2e RS |
4937 | /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */ |
4938 | XtMapWidget (f->display.x->widget); | |
3afe33e7 | 4939 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
c118dd06 | 4940 | XMapWindow (XDISPLAY FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
3afe33e7 | 4941 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
0134a210 RS |
4942 | #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places |
4943 | if the window configuration has changed. They seem | |
4944 | to come back ok without this. */ | |
ab648270 | 4945 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) |
c118dd06 | 4946 | XMapSubwindows (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
0134a210 | 4947 | #endif |
90e65f07 | 4948 | } |
dc6f92b8 | 4949 | |
dc6f92b8 | 4950 | XFlushQueue (); |
90e65f07 | 4951 | |
0dacf791 RS |
4952 | /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible |
4953 | before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked | |
4954 | so that incoming events are handled. */ | |
4955 | { | |
4956 | Lisp_Object frame; | |
c0a04927 RS |
4957 | int count = input_signal_count; |
4958 | ||
4959 | /* This must come after we set COUNT. */ | |
4960 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
4961 | ||
e0c1aef2 | 4962 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
c0a04927 RS |
4963 | |
4964 | while (1) | |
2a6cf806 RS |
4965 | { |
4966 | x_sync (frame); | |
c0a04927 RS |
4967 | /* Once we have handled input events, |
4968 | we should have received the MapNotify if one is coming. | |
4969 | So if we have not got it yet, stop looping. | |
4970 | Some window managers make their own decisions | |
4971 | about visibility. */ | |
4972 | if (input_signal_count != count) | |
4973 | break; | |
c12a7cbd | 4974 | /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been observed |
23cf7c60 KH |
4975 | to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an alarm signal |
4976 | to let the handler know that there's something to be read. | |
4977 | We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems that the handler | |
4978 | isn't always enabled here. This is probably a bug. */ | |
8b2f8d4e | 4979 | if (input_polling_used ()) |
3b2fa4e6 RS |
4980 | { |
4981 | /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while processing | |
4982 | the fake one. Turn it off and let the handler reset it. */ | |
4983 | alarm (0); | |
4984 | input_poll_signal (); | |
4985 | } | |
c0a04927 RS |
4986 | /* Once we have handled input events, |
4987 | we should have received the MapNotify if one is coming. | |
4988 | So if we have not got it yet, stop looping. | |
4989 | Some window managers make their own decisions | |
4990 | about visibility. */ | |
4991 | if (input_signal_count != count) | |
4992 | break; | |
2a6cf806 | 4993 | } |
0dacf791 RS |
4994 | FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f); |
4995 | } | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
4996 | } |
4997 | ||
4998 | /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */ | |
4999 | ||
f676886a JB |
5000 | x_make_frame_invisible (f) |
5001 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5002 | { |
5003 | int mask; | |
546e6d5b RS |
5004 | Window window; |
5005 | ||
5006 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT | |
5007 | /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */ | |
5008 | window = XtWindow (f->display.x->widget); | |
5009 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
5010 | window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); | |
5011 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
dc6f92b8 | 5012 | |
9319ae23 RS |
5013 | /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */ |
5014 | if (x_highlight_frame == f) | |
5015 | x_highlight_frame = 0; | |
5016 | ||
5627c40e | 5017 | #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */ |
9319ae23 | 5018 | if (! f->async_visible && ! f->async_iconified) |
dc6f92b8 | 5019 | return; |
5627c40e | 5020 | #endif |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5021 | |
5022 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
c118dd06 | 5023 | |
af31d76f RS |
5024 | /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim |
5025 | that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than | |
5026 | program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be | |
5027 | placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it | |
5028 | by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */ | |
5029 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, 0, 1); | |
5030 | ||
c118dd06 JB |
5031 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
5032 | ||
546e6d5b | 5033 | if (! XWithdrawWindow (x_current_display, window, |
c118dd06 JB |
5034 | DefaultScreen (x_current_display))) |
5035 | { | |
5036 | UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL; | |
546e6d5b | 5037 | error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal"); |
c118dd06 | 5038 | } |
c118dd06 | 5039 | #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */ |
16bd92ea | 5040 | |
c118dd06 | 5041 | /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5042 | if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager, Qt)) |
5043 | { | |
16bd92ea | 5044 | XEvent unmap; |
dc6f92b8 | 5045 | |
16bd92ea | 5046 | unmap.xunmap.type = UnmapNotify; |
546e6d5b | 5047 | unmap.xunmap.window = window; |
16bd92ea JB |
5048 | unmap.xunmap.event = DefaultRootWindow (x_current_display); |
5049 | unmap.xunmap.from_configure = False; | |
5050 | if (! XSendEvent (x_current_display, | |
5051 | DefaultRootWindow (x_current_display), | |
5052 | False, | |
5053 | SubstructureRedirectMask|SubstructureNotifyMask, | |
5054 | &unmap)) | |
5055 | { | |
5056 | UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL; | |
546e6d5b | 5057 | error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal"); |
16bd92ea | 5058 | } |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5059 | } |
5060 | ||
16bd92ea | 5061 | /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */ |
546e6d5b | 5062 | XUnmapWindow (x_current_display, window); |
c118dd06 | 5063 | #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */ |
dc6f92b8 | 5064 | |
5627c40e RS |
5065 | /* We can't distinguish this from iconification |
5066 | just by the event that we get from the server. | |
5067 | So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting | |
5068 | FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand, | |
5069 | and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */ | |
5070 | f->visible = 0; | |
5071 | FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0; | |
5072 | f->async_visible = 0; | |
5073 | f->async_iconified = 0; | |
5074 | ||
5075 | x_sync (); | |
5076 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
5077 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
5078 | } | |
5079 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
5080 | /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */ |
5081 | ||
f676886a JB |
5082 | x_iconify_frame (f) |
5083 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5084 | { |
5085 | int mask; | |
3afe33e7 | 5086 | int result; |
dc6f92b8 | 5087 | |
9319ae23 RS |
5088 | /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */ |
5089 | if (x_highlight_frame == f) | |
5090 | x_highlight_frame = 0; | |
5091 | ||
3a88c238 | 5092 | if (f->async_iconified) |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5093 | return; |
5094 | ||
3afe33e7 RS |
5095 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
5096 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
546e6d5b RS |
5097 | |
5098 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) | |
5099 | { | |
5100 | if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager, Qt)) | |
5101 | x_wm_set_window_state (f, IconicState); | |
5102 | /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */ | |
5103 | XtMapWidget (f->display.x->widget); | |
5104 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
5105 | return; | |
5106 | } | |
5107 | ||
3afe33e7 | 5108 | result = XIconifyWindow (x_current_display, |
bc20ebbf | 5109 | XtWindow (f->display.x->widget), |
3afe33e7 RS |
5110 | DefaultScreen (x_current_display)); |
5111 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
5112 | ||
5113 | if (!result) | |
546e6d5b | 5114 | error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification"); |
3afe33e7 RS |
5115 | |
5116 | f->async_iconified = 1; | |
8c002a25 KH |
5117 | |
5118 | BLOCK_INPUT; | |
5119 | XFlushQueue (); | |
5120 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
3afe33e7 RS |
5121 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
5122 | ||
dc6f92b8 JB |
5123 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
5124 | ||
fd13dbb2 RS |
5125 | /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned, |
5126 | in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */ | |
5127 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)) | |
5128 | x_set_offset (f, f->display.x->left_pos, f->display.x->top_pos, 0); | |
5129 | ||
16bd92ea JB |
5130 | /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both |
5131 | the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */ | |
5132 | ||
5133 | /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the | |
5134 | WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */ | |
5135 | { | |
5136 | XEvent message; | |
5137 | ||
c118dd06 | 5138 | message.xclient.window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
16bd92ea JB |
5139 | message.xclient.type = ClientMessage; |
5140 | message.xclient.message_type = Xatom_wm_change_state; | |
5141 | message.xclient.format = 32; | |
5142 | message.xclient.data.l[0] = IconicState; | |
5143 | ||
5144 | if (! XSendEvent (x_current_display, | |
5145 | DefaultRootWindow (x_current_display), | |
5146 | False, | |
5147 | SubstructureRedirectMask | SubstructureNotifyMask, | |
5148 | &message)) | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5149 | { |
5150 | UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL; | |
546e6d5b | 5151 | error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification"); |
dc6f92b8 | 5152 | } |
16bd92ea | 5153 | } |
dc6f92b8 | 5154 | |
16bd92ea JB |
5155 | /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to |
5156 | IconicState. */ | |
5157 | x_wm_set_window_state (f, IconicState); | |
dc6f92b8 | 5158 | |
a9c00105 RS |
5159 | if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) |
5160 | { | |
5161 | /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */ | |
5162 | XMapWindow (XDISPLAY FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); | |
0134a210 | 5163 | #if 0 /* We don't have subwindows in the icon. */ |
a9c00105 RS |
5164 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) |
5165 | XMapSubwindows (x_current_display, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); | |
0134a210 | 5166 | #endif |
a9c00105 RS |
5167 | } |
5168 | ||
3a88c238 | 5169 | f->async_iconified = 1; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5170 | |
5171 | XFlushQueue (); | |
5172 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
8c002a25 | 5173 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5174 | } |
5175 | ||
c0ff3fab | 5176 | /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */ |
dc6f92b8 | 5177 | |
c0ff3fab | 5178 | x_destroy_window (f) |
f676886a | 5179 | struct frame *f; |
dc6f92b8 | 5180 | { |
dc6f92b8 | 5181 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
c0ff3fab JB |
5182 | |
5183 | if (f->display.x->icon_desc != 0) | |
5184 | XDestroyWindow (XDISPLAY f->display.x->icon_desc); | |
5185 | XDestroyWindow (XDISPLAY f->display.x->window_desc); | |
3afe33e7 RS |
5186 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
5187 | XtDestroyWidget (f->display.x->widget); | |
9d7e2e3e | 5188 | free_frame_menubar (f); |
3afe33e7 RS |
5189 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
5190 | ||
07e34cb0 | 5191 | free_frame_faces (f); |
dc6f92b8 | 5192 | XFlushQueue (); |
dc6f92b8 | 5193 | |
4eacadbd RS |
5194 | FRAME_X_SCREEN (f)->reference_count--; |
5195 | #if 0 | |
5196 | if (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f)->reference_count == 0) | |
5197 | free (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f)); | |
5198 | #endif | |
5199 | ||
9ac0d9e0 | 5200 | xfree (f->display.x); |
c0ff3fab | 5201 | f->display.x = 0; |
f676886a JB |
5202 | if (f == x_focus_frame) |
5203 | x_focus_frame = 0; | |
5204 | if (f == x_highlight_frame) | |
5205 | x_highlight_frame = 0; | |
c0ff3fab | 5206 | |
0134a210 | 5207 | if (f == mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
dc05a16b | 5208 | { |
3b506386 KH |
5209 | mouse_face_beg_row = mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
5210 | mouse_face_end_row = mouse_face_end_col = -1; | |
dc05a16b RS |
5211 | mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
5212 | } | |
0134a210 | 5213 | |
c0ff3fab | 5214 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5215 | } |
5216 | \f | |
f451eb13 JB |
5217 | /* Setting window manager hints. */ |
5218 | ||
af31d76f RS |
5219 | /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F. |
5220 | FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags | |
5221 | that the window now has. | |
5222 | If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition | |
5223 | flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */ | |
6dba1858 | 5224 | |
af31d76f | 5225 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position) |
f676886a | 5226 | struct frame *f; |
af31d76f RS |
5227 | long flags; |
5228 | int user_position; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5229 | { |
5230 | XSizeHints size_hints; | |
3afe33e7 RS |
5231 | |
5232 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT | |
7e4f2521 FP |
5233 | Arg al[2]; |
5234 | int ac = 0; | |
5235 | Dimension widget_width, widget_height; | |
bc20ebbf | 5236 | Window window = XtWindow (f->display.x->widget); |
3afe33e7 | 5237 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
c118dd06 | 5238 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
3afe33e7 | 5239 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
dc6f92b8 | 5240 | |
b72a58fd RS |
5241 | /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */ |
5242 | size_hints.flags = PResizeInc | PMinSize /* | PMaxSize */; | |
dc6f92b8 | 5243 | |
f676886a JB |
5244 | flexlines = f->height; |
5245 | ||
5246 | size_hints.x = f->display.x->left_pos; | |
5247 | size_hints.y = f->display.x->top_pos; | |
7553a6b7 | 5248 | |
7e4f2521 FP |
5249 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
5250 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNwidth, &widget_width); ac++; | |
5251 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNheight, &widget_height); ac++; | |
5252 | XtGetValues (f->display.x->column_widget, al, ac); | |
5253 | size_hints.height = widget_height; | |
5254 | size_hints.width = widget_width; | |
5255 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
f676886a JB |
5256 | size_hints.height = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); |
5257 | size_hints.width = PIXEL_WIDTH (f); | |
7e4f2521 | 5258 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
7553a6b7 | 5259 | |
f676886a | 5260 | size_hints.width_inc = FONT_WIDTH (f->display.x->font); |
a27f9f86 | 5261 | size_hints.height_inc = f->display.x->line_height; |
7553a6b7 RS |
5262 | size_hints.max_width = x_screen_width - CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0); |
5263 | size_hints.max_height = x_screen_height - CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0); | |
0134a210 | 5264 | |
b1c884c3 | 5265 | { |
b0342f17 | 5266 | int base_width, base_height; |
0134a210 | 5267 | int min_rows = 0, min_cols = 0; |
b0342f17 | 5268 | |
f451eb13 JB |
5269 | base_width = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0); |
5270 | base_height = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0); | |
b0342f17 | 5271 | |
0134a210 | 5272 | check_frame_size (f, &min_rows, &min_cols); |
b0342f17 | 5273 | |
0134a210 RS |
5274 | /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the |
5275 | current number of rows and columns in the frame while | |
5276 | resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this | |
5277 | purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a | |
5278 | zero-row, zero-column frame. | |
5279 | ||
5280 | We use the base_width and base_height members if we have | |
5281 | them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members | |
5282 | to the size for a zero x zero frame. */ | |
b0342f17 JB |
5283 | |
5284 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 | |
0134a210 RS |
5285 | size_hints.flags |= PBaseSize; |
5286 | size_hints.base_width = base_width; | |
5287 | size_hints.base_height = base_height; | |
5288 | size_hints.min_width = base_width + min_cols * size_hints.width_inc; | |
5289 | size_hints.min_height = base_height + min_rows * size_hints.height_inc; | |
b0342f17 | 5290 | #else |
0134a210 RS |
5291 | size_hints.min_width = base_width; |
5292 | size_hints.min_height = base_height; | |
b0342f17 | 5293 | #endif |
b1c884c3 | 5294 | } |
dc6f92b8 | 5295 | |
af31d76f RS |
5296 | if (flags) |
5297 | size_hints.flags |= flags; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5298 | else |
5299 | { | |
5300 | XSizeHints hints; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */ | |
af31d76f RS |
5301 | long supplied_return; |
5302 | int value; | |
5303 | ||
5304 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 | |
5305 | value = XGetWMNormalHints (x_current_display, window, &hints, | |
5306 | &supplied_return); | |
5307 | #else | |
5308 | value = XGetNormalHints (x_current_display, window, &hints); | |
5309 | #endif | |
dc6f92b8 | 5310 | |
af31d76f | 5311 | if (value == 0) |
82ee0df4 | 5312 | hints.flags = 0; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5313 | if (hints.flags & PSize) |
5314 | size_hints.flags |= PSize; | |
5315 | if (hints.flags & PPosition) | |
5316 | size_hints.flags |= PPosition; | |
5317 | if (hints.flags & USPosition) | |
5318 | size_hints.flags |= USPosition; | |
5319 | if (hints.flags & USSize) | |
5320 | size_hints.flags |= USSize; | |
5321 | } | |
0134a210 | 5322 | |
af31d76f | 5323 | #ifdef PWinGravity |
dc05a16b | 5324 | size_hints.win_gravity = f->display.x->win_gravity; |
af31d76f | 5325 | size_hints.flags |= PWinGravity; |
dc05a16b | 5326 | |
af31d76f | 5327 | if (user_position) |
6dba1858 | 5328 | { |
af31d76f RS |
5329 | size_hints.flags &= ~ PPosition; |
5330 | size_hints.flags |= USPosition; | |
6dba1858 | 5331 | } |
2554751d | 5332 | #endif /* PWinGravity */ |
6dba1858 | 5333 | |
b0342f17 JB |
5334 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
5335 | XSetWMNormalHints (x_current_display, window, &size_hints); | |
5336 | #else | |
dc6f92b8 | 5337 | XSetNormalHints (x_current_display, window, &size_hints); |
b0342f17 | 5338 | #endif |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5339 | } |
5340 | ||
5341 | /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */ | |
f676886a JB |
5342 | x_wm_set_window_state (f, state) |
5343 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5344 | int state; |
5345 | { | |
3afe33e7 | 5346 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
546e6d5b RS |
5347 | Arg al[1]; |
5348 | ||
5349 | XtSetArg (al[0], XtNinitialState, state); | |
5350 | XtSetValues (f->display.x->widget, al, 1); | |
3afe33e7 | 5351 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
c118dd06 | 5352 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
dc6f92b8 | 5353 | |
16bd92ea JB |
5354 | f->display.x->wm_hints.flags |= StateHint; |
5355 | f->display.x->wm_hints.initial_state = state; | |
b1c884c3 | 5356 | |
16bd92ea | 5357 | XSetWMHints (x_current_display, window, &f->display.x->wm_hints); |
546e6d5b | 5358 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5359 | } |
5360 | ||
f676886a JB |
5361 | x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, icon_pixmap) |
5362 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5363 | Pixmap icon_pixmap; |
5364 | { | |
75231bad RS |
5365 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
5366 | Window window = XtWindow (f->display.x->widget); | |
5367 | #else | |
c118dd06 | 5368 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
75231bad | 5369 | #endif |
dc6f92b8 | 5370 | |
dbc4e1c1 JB |
5371 | if (icon_pixmap) |
5372 | { | |
5373 | f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_pixmap = icon_pixmap; | |
5374 | f->display.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPixmapHint; | |
5375 | } | |
5376 | else | |
5377 | f->display.x->wm_hints.flags &= ~IconPixmapHint; | |
b1c884c3 | 5378 | |
16bd92ea | 5379 | XSetWMHints (x_current_display, window, &f->display.x->wm_hints); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5380 | } |
5381 | ||
f676886a JB |
5382 | x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y) |
5383 | struct frame *f; | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5384 | int icon_x, icon_y; |
5385 | { | |
75231bad RS |
5386 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
5387 | Window window = XtWindow (f->display.x->widget); | |
5388 | #else | |
c118dd06 | 5389 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
75231bad | 5390 | #endif |
dc6f92b8 | 5391 | |
16bd92ea JB |
5392 | f->display.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint; |
5393 | f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x; | |
5394 | f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y; | |
b1c884c3 | 5395 | |
16bd92ea | 5396 | XSetWMHints (x_current_display, window, &f->display.x->wm_hints); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5397 | } |
5398 | ||
5399 | \f | |
f451eb13 JB |
5400 | /* Initialization. */ |
5401 | ||
3afe33e7 RS |
5402 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
5403 | static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options[] = { | |
5404 | {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, | |
5405 | {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "yes"}, | |
5406 | ||
5407 | {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", | |
5408 | XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, | |
5409 | {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, | |
5410 | ||
5411 | {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, | |
5412 | {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, | |
5413 | {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, | |
5414 | {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, | |
5415 | {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, | |
5416 | {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, | |
5417 | {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL} | |
5418 | }; | |
5419 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
5420 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 5421 | void |
1f8255f2 | 5422 | x_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name) |
dc6f92b8 | 5423 | char *display_name; |
1f8255f2 RS |
5424 | char *xrm_option; |
5425 | char *resource_name; | |
dc6f92b8 | 5426 | { |
f676886a | 5427 | Lisp_Object frame; |
dc6f92b8 | 5428 | char *defaultvalue; |
3afe33e7 RS |
5429 | int argc = 0; |
5430 | char** argv = 0; | |
041b69ac | 5431 | #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5432 | #ifdef F_SETOWN |
5433 | extern int old_fcntl_owner; | |
c118dd06 | 5434 | #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */ |
041b69ac | 5435 | #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */ |
6d4238f3 | 5436 | |
ef2a22d0 | 5437 | x_noop_count = 0; |
ef2a22d0 | 5438 | |
f676886a | 5439 | x_focus_frame = x_highlight_frame = 0; |
dc6f92b8 | 5440 | |
3afe33e7 | 5441 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
1f8255f2 RS |
5442 | argv = (char **) XtMalloc (7 * sizeof (char *)); |
5443 | argv[0] = ""; | |
5444 | argv[1] = "-display"; | |
5445 | argv[2] = display_name; | |
5446 | argv[3] = "-name"; | |
5447 | /* Usually `emacs', but not always. */ | |
5448 | argv[4] = resource_name; | |
c2df547c | 5449 | argc = 5; |
1f8255f2 RS |
5450 | if (xrm_option) |
5451 | { | |
5452 | argv[argc++] = "-xrm"; | |
5453 | argv[argc++] = xrm_option; | |
5454 | } | |
3afe33e7 | 5455 | Xt_app_shell = XtAppInitialize (&Xt_app_con, "Emacs", |
bc20ebbf | 5456 | emacs_options, XtNumber (emacs_options), |
3afe33e7 RS |
5457 | &argc, argv, |
5458 | NULL, NULL, 0); | |
983f76b8 | 5459 | XtFree ((char *)argv); |
3afe33e7 RS |
5460 | x_current_display = XtDisplay (Xt_app_shell); |
5461 | ||
5462 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
dc6f92b8 | 5463 | x_current_display = XOpenDisplay (display_name); |
3afe33e7 | 5464 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
dc6f92b8 | 5465 | if (x_current_display == 0) |
041b69ac JB |
5466 | fatal ("X server %s not responding.\n\ |
5467 | Check the DISPLAY environment variable or use \"-d\"\n", | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5468 | display_name); |
5469 | ||
dc6f92b8 | 5470 | { |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5471 | #if 0 |
5472 | XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display, x_trace_wire); | |
c118dd06 | 5473 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
59653951 | 5474 | x_id_name = (char *) xmalloc (XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->size |
becadff8 | 5475 | + XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->size |
60fb3ee1 | 5476 | + 2); |
becadff8 KH |
5477 | sprintf (x_id_name, "%s@%s", |
5478 | XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->data, XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->data); | |
dc6f92b8 | 5479 | } |
28430d3c JB |
5480 | |
5481 | /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */ | |
5482 | x_find_modifier_meanings (); | |
f451eb13 | 5483 | |
ab648270 | 5484 | /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */ |
d56a553a RS |
5485 | x_vertical_scroll_bar_cursor |
5486 | = XCreateFontCursor (x_current_display, XC_sb_v_double_arrow); | |
f451eb13 | 5487 | |
d56a553a | 5488 | #if 0 |
28430d3c JB |
5489 | /* Watch for PropertyNotify events on the root window; we use them |
5490 | to figure out when to invalidate our cache of the cut buffers. */ | |
5491 | x_watch_cut_buffer_cache (); | |
d56a553a | 5492 | #endif |
28430d3c | 5493 | |
a4fc7360 | 5494 | if (ConnectionNumber (x_current_display) != 0) |
61c3ce62 RS |
5495 | change_keyboard_wait_descriptor (ConnectionNumber (x_current_display)); |
5496 | change_input_fd (ConnectionNumber (x_current_display)); | |
6d4238f3 | 5497 | |
041b69ac | 5498 | #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG |
dc6f92b8 | 5499 | #ifdef F_SETOWN |
61c3ce62 | 5500 | old_fcntl_owner = fcntl (ConnectionNumber (x_current_display), F_GETOWN, 0); |
dc6f92b8 | 5501 | #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG |
61c3ce62 RS |
5502 | /* stdin is a socket here */ |
5503 | fcntl (ConnectionNumber (x_current_display), F_SETOWN, -getpid ()); | |
c118dd06 | 5504 | #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */ |
61c3ce62 | 5505 | fcntl (ConnectionNumber (x_current_display), F_SETOWN, getpid ()); |
c118dd06 JB |
5506 | #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */ |
5507 | #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */ | |
041b69ac | 5508 | #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5509 | |
5510 | #ifdef SIGIO | |
5511 | init_sigio (); | |
c118dd06 | 5512 | #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */ |
dc6f92b8 | 5513 | |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5514 | expose_all_windows = 0; |
5515 | ||
f676886a | 5516 | clear_frame_hook = XTclear_frame; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5517 | clear_end_of_line_hook = XTclear_end_of_line; |
5518 | ins_del_lines_hook = XTins_del_lines; | |
5519 | change_line_highlight_hook = XTchange_line_highlight; | |
5520 | insert_glyphs_hook = XTinsert_glyphs; | |
5521 | write_glyphs_hook = XTwrite_glyphs; | |
5522 | delete_glyphs_hook = XTdelete_glyphs; | |
5523 | ring_bell_hook = XTring_bell; | |
5524 | reset_terminal_modes_hook = XTreset_terminal_modes; | |
5525 | set_terminal_modes_hook = XTset_terminal_modes; | |
5526 | update_begin_hook = XTupdate_begin; | |
5527 | update_end_hook = XTupdate_end; | |
5528 | set_terminal_window_hook = XTset_terminal_window; | |
5529 | read_socket_hook = XTread_socket; | |
b8009dd1 | 5530 | frame_up_to_date_hook = XTframe_up_to_date; |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5531 | cursor_to_hook = XTcursor_to; |
5532 | reassert_line_highlight_hook = XTreassert_line_highlight; | |
90e65f07 | 5533 | mouse_position_hook = XTmouse_position; |
f451eb13 | 5534 | frame_rehighlight_hook = XTframe_rehighlight; |
dbc4e1c1 | 5535 | frame_raise_lower_hook = XTframe_raise_lower; |
ab648270 JB |
5536 | set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = XTset_vertical_scroll_bar; |
5537 | condemn_scroll_bars_hook = XTcondemn_scroll_bars; | |
5538 | redeem_scroll_bar_hook = XTredeem_scroll_bar; | |
5539 | judge_scroll_bars_hook = XTjudge_scroll_bars; | |
dc6f92b8 | 5540 | |
f676886a | 5541 | scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */ |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5542 | char_ins_del_ok = 0; /* just as fast to write the line */ |
5543 | line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */ | |
5544 | fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well */ | |
f676886a | 5545 | memory_below_frame = 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5546 | off the bottom */ |
5547 | baud_rate = 19200; | |
5548 | ||
b30b24cb RS |
5549 | /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */ |
5550 | Fset_input_mode (Qt, Qnil, Qt, Qnil); | |
5551 | ||
c118dd06 JB |
5552 | /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the |
5553 | original error handler. */ | |
5554 | XHandleError (x_error_quitter); | |
8922af5f | 5555 | XHandleIOError (x_io_error_quitter); |
dc6f92b8 JB |
5556 | |
5557 | /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */ | |
5558 | #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
5559 | signal (SIGWINCH, SIG_DFL); | |
c118dd06 | 5560 | #endif /* ! defined (SIGWINCH) */ |
dc6f92b8 | 5561 | |
c118dd06 | 5562 | signal (SIGPIPE, x_connection_closed); |
dc6f92b8 | 5563 | } |
55123275 JB |
5564 | |
5565 | void | |
5566 | syms_of_xterm () | |
5567 | { | |
ab648270 | 5568 | staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar); |
e53cb100 | 5569 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
b8009dd1 RS |
5570 | staticpro (&mouse_face_window); |
5571 | mouse_face_window = Qnil; | |
55123275 | 5572 | } |
c118dd06 | 5573 | #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS) */ |